GCB's WWE

Hey GCB!! I have never seen anything from you, I think that the way you americans fantasy book is really complex and stuff like that but I loved your preview for Elimination Chamber. I like the idea of Randy Orton vs. John Cena, specially the angle you are making with Cena's heel turn. However I feel that the WWE Championship is very weak, specially for this WrestleMania Season. I thought Wade Barrett could make a fantastic WWE Champion back when he was with the Nexus, but he needed to have a guy like John Cena with him. He's probably going to get either Triple H or Edge, but I don't know how much they are related with Barrett.

The line-up looks great, I am very fond of Alberto Del Rio as Intercontinental Champion, it just suit him and his rivalry with Mysterio is never enough. I am enjoying it. I don't feel this PPV can get much surprises since we are so close to WrestleMania, but I am very curious. I hope that Elimination Chamber isn't that big to read, try making it simple in a way, the american fantasy booking style is very different from the way I book, I do it by giving the review of what happened instead of going with play by play and stuff like that. We'll see!
 
Hey GCB!! I have never seen anything from you, I think that the way you americans fantasy book is really complex and stuff like that but I loved your preview for Elimination Chamber. I like the idea of Randy Orton vs. John Cena, specially the angle you are making with Cena's heel turn. However I feel that the WWE Championship is very weak, specially for this WrestleMania Season. I thought Wade Barrett could make a fantastic WWE Champion back when he was with the Nexus, but he needed to have a guy like John Cena with him. He's probably going to get either Triple H or Edge, but I don't know how much they are related with Barrett.

The line-up looks great, I am very fond of Alberto Del Rio as Intercontinental Champion, it just suit him and his rivalry with Mysterio is never enough. I am enjoying it. I don't feel this PPV can get much surprises since we are so close to WrestleMania, but I am very curious. I hope that Elimination Chamber isn't that big to read, try making it simple in a way, the american fantasy booking style is very different from the way I book, I do it by giving the review of what happened instead of going with play by play and stuff like that. We'll see!

One of the things about my show is that I've tried to build up new stars rather than sticking with the old guard. On SMACKDOWN, Kofi has reached 'main event' level; For RAW, Morrison, as well as Miz, has been built up and there are reasons behind his title shot. If you've only read the preview, I can understand you thinking Barrett vs. Morrison is weak but in the context of this show, Barrett has been a 'dominant' (thanks to Nexus) champion and Morrison has been taking some big wins for a while that has him set for this, notably a win over Cena.

Oh, and I'm not American.

In terms of the detail, it's a PPV so expect detail. I'm cutting back on detail from what I've done in the past (see the Royal Rumble) but it's still gone past 40 pages on Word already and I've not got the last match finished. Each to their own. Give it a chance and see what you think. I'd suggest reading back through - or at least skimming through - the whole BT though.
 
A dark screen, complete with eerie metal-like sounds, fades in to display the ominous sight of the Elimination Chamber structure hanging in the air with flashlights popping behind it.

NARRATOR: Six weeks from the biggest night in wrestling history ...

Metallic screech noises accompany the flickering of the WrestleMania logo in front of the Chamber before it fades back away to leave the gloomy image of previous ...

NARRATOR: “The Road to WrestleMania” takes one last brutal twist ...

An image of a hazy road appears, the camera moving down the road in the sunlight and heading for the horizon.

NARRATOR: A twist with one last opportunity ...

As the camera quickly moves along the road, it flicks up and left to view a roadsign, the speed of the camera slows and we see the sign reads ‘WELCOME TO GEORGIA’ and below that ‘CAPITAL: ATLANTA’, before the view returns to the road and continues towards a bend in the road.

NARRATOR: One man has already secured his shot at immortality ...

Hazy clips of John Cena competing in the Rumble and eliminating The Undertaker and Randy Orton as well as hitting the FU to Miz.

JIM ROSS: Cena! Cena! Cena wins the Rumble!

Image of Cena celebrating his victory in the Rumble are shown.

NARRATOR: Whilst others still dream ...

Quick images of the other men appear in different spots on the screen – Orton, Kofi, Undertaker, Angle, Edge, Punk and Miz to name a few.

NARRATOR: To be in the main event of WrestleMania 27 would be a dream come true ...

More images of superstars – Christian, Daniel Bryan, Sheamus, Big Show, Triple H and Jeff Hardy – as the bend gets closer and the sound effects become more chilling and louder.

NARRATOR: But to get there, these men must pass ...

The camera begins to take the bend at breakneck speed now as the urgency of the promo increases.

NARRATOR: ... through ...

As the bend continues, we see the Elimination Chamber structure start to crash up through the road in front.

NARRATOR: ... hell itself ... in the ...

As the Chamber continues to move up from beneath the road, rubble and tarmac crashing down from it, the camera moves towards it at speed until it crashes headlong into the Chamber and the screen explodes.

NARRATOR: ELIMINATION CHAMBER!

‘Ignition’ by Toby Mac begins as the Elimination Chamber logo smashes into the screen as well as we see clips of the six men from RAW, the six men from SMACKDOWN and also Cena and Orton as they hit their big moves to each other as they make their way towards the Elimination Chamber tonight.

NARRATOR: To headline WrestleMania 27, these men must survive the most ominous ...

We see Triple H crashing headlong into the wall of the Chamber from a previous match.

NARRATOR: The most brutal ...

A clip of Goldberg throwing a helpless Chris Jericho over the top rope and into the chain link walls.

NARRATOR: The most horrific ...

Randy Orton back-body dropping Triple H over the top rope and down onto the steel flooring from 2010.

NARRATOR: The most devastating match in the history of the WWE!

Quick clips of CM Punk ramming Rey Mysterio head first through the ropes and into the plexi-glass; Undertaker choke slamming John Morrison over the top rope and down onto the steel around the ring; and finally, Jeff Hardy hitting the Swanton Bomb from the top of the Chamber to Big Show.

NARRATOR: These men will put their careers on the line ...

A clip of Big Show trying to splash Triple H and Jeff Hardy against the chain wall but missing and eating the steel himself is shown.

NARRATOR: ... and their bodies through hell ...

We see Shawn Michaels appear from underneath the Chamber in 2010 and deliver the Sweet Chin Music to Undertaker.

NARRATOR: ... to reach the promised land ...

We see Sheamus hitting John Cena with a huge Brogue Kick.

NARRATOR: ... of WrestleMania!

WrestleMania pyro from WrestleMania 26 is shown ...

JIM ROSS: Who’s going to WrestleMania?

JR’s voice echoes and repeats as we see Cena stood in the ring pointing to the WrestleMania logo as the video comes to an end.

GCBECHAMBER.png

SUNDAY FEBRUARY 20, 2011 | @ THE JOE LOUIS ARENA, DETROIT, MICHIGAN | Att: 17,014 | 6 WEEKS UNTIL WRESTLEMANIA 27

*** ELIMINATION CHAMBER 2011 ***
THEME SONG: Ignition (Toby Mac)
(Click for link)

[YOUTUBE]wFOyDvp1JHg[/YOUTUBE]

*** PYRO ***
*** PYRO ***
*** PYRO ***
*** PYRO ***


ECCommentary.jpg

With the Detroit crowd going wild, the camera pans around the Joe Louis Arena taking in the excitement and the signs being held up all around the arena. As the camera spins around, we catch a glimpse of the ominous, brutal Elimination Chamber hanging overhead, positioned directly over the ring, casting a shadow across parts of the arena. At ringside, the commentary team of the legendary Jim Ross, fellow Hall of Famer Jerry “The King” Lawler and Mick Foley hype up the beginning of this evening’s event. They discuss the upcoming ‘Last Man Standing’ match between Randy Orton and John Cena and speculate over whether or not Cena will actually make it to Atlanta to headline WrestleMania in six weeks before discussing the other WrestleMania main events that should be determined, if not fully, tonight inside the hellacious Elimination Chamber. Following a lull in the music, the lights begin popping and an eerie background sound is heard as the camera refocuses on the Chamber in the ceiling which is being lowered down – clearly our first match of the night is an Elimination Chamber match!

The crowd are cheering as the massive steel structure makes its way slowly down towards the ring where about twenty stage hands are waiting to guide it and lock it in place before the match can begin ... JR, King and Foley continue to hype up the destructiveness of the Chamber and suggest that many of the twelve men involved in the Chamber matches tonight will end up spending the night in the local hospital afterwards!

Inside the ring, now surrounded by the chain and steel of the Chamber, is Justin Roberts. He stands waiting with a microphone as the bell is rung to get the attention of the 17,014 in attendance ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS:
This bout is to determine the Number 1 contender for the WWE Championship ... and it will be contested inside the Elimination Chamber!

Big cheers from the crowd as they watch on with baited breath ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS:
The rules are as follows: The match will start with two superstars in the ring and four more superstars locked in their individual chambers. Every five minutes, a random chamber will be opened allowing the superstar within to join the match. This will continue until all superstars have entered the match. Elimination occurs through pinfall or submission and the last man remaining will be declared the winner and he will go on to challenge for the WWE Championship ... at WrestleMania 27!

Spotlights are highlighting the chamber from different angles from all over the arena as the Chamber is locked in place and the excitement and tension grows just a little more. As a hush falls over ‘The Joe’, attention turns towards the stage area as the WWE Universe await the first participant to be locked inside one of the four chambers ...

*** METALINGUS ***
Edge.jpg

EDGE

The Rated R Superstar heads out onto the stage with a long coat on and looking pumped up and determined here tonight. He throws up his rock hands as the pyro behind him explodes and heads towards the ring, a determined look in his eyes as he focus on the door to the Chamber, he looks ready tonight to prove himself once and for all to the RAW General Manager, HBK. Edge pauses at the foot of the steps into the Chamber and composes himself before he jogs up the steps and into the Chamber, through the ropes and then around the inside of the ring as he stares out through the chains to the crowd who are giving him, as usual, some grief. Pulling at his hair, Edge looks to each of the four pods and seems to be thinking about which one he is going to choose to enter ... JR suggests that Edge is the most dangerous man in the RAW Chamber match and says he will do whatever sadistic, evil deeds necessary to win here tonight. His recent record, he won the last two Chamber matches he entered, is also discussed as well as his issues with RAW General Manager Shawn Michaels and how Edge would love to win just to spite him!

JIM ROSS:
While this man has had several issues of late with the RAW General Manager, Shawn Michaels, you cannot count him out of this match. In this environment, Edge is as dangerous a man as there is in the WWE. He has an evil, sadistic side and he will use the steel and the chains to his advantage tonight.

Edge continues to pace around the ring as he prepares to select his chamber when all of a sudden ...

*** SEXY BOY ***
ShawnMichaels-GM.jpg

SHAWN MICHAELS

RAW General Manager

A look of utter contempt spreads across the face of Edge as he hears the music of the RAW General Manager but the rest of the arena cheer for his arrival. As HBK heads out into the arena, he waves around to the WWE Universe and then stops on the stage. He has a microphone and it appears that he has words for Edge.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
First of all, before I get to you, Edge, I wanna’ welcome all of you here to Detroit for the Elimination Chamber, the final stop on the “Road to WrestleMania 27” ...

Another cheer echoes around the arena as HBK panders to the crowd a little ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Now you might be wondering what I am doing out here at this point, I know. You’re thinking that, even though this is the RAW brand’s Elimination Chamber match and I am the General Manager of RAW, there is no need for me to be here. And usually, I’d agree with ya. But, you see, we have a problem tonight. On Monday, I made a match – Edge vs. Chris Jericho ...

HBK points upwards to the titantron and a replay airs showing the highlights and the controversial ending of the match ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Now, first of all, Edge. You tapped out. It’s there for the whole world to see, man. You tapped out.

Predictably, the crowd begin to chant to Edge “You tapped out!” but he shakes his head and motions to the ropes to remind everybody that he had hold of the ropes and that was why the referee broke the hold. Edge looks annoyed and rattled though, you can see that he is fearful of what HBK is doing right now ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
But secondly, Edge, I told you before the match that I wanted a nice, clean finish to determine once and for all exactly which of you two deserved the spot here tonight in the Chamber. You, Edge, took advantage, as you always do, of the fact that one of the turnbuckle covers came loose. When Jericho hit the buckle and took the full brunt of that steel, what did you do?

Edge looks exasperated in the ring as HBK questions him ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Instead of giving the referee time to check on Jericho, you decided to DDT him into the mat. One thing led to another, you hit the Spear ... 1, 2, 3! But you didn’t do as I asked, Edge. I wanted a clean finish and you gave me another murky finish.

Edge holds his hands out as if to say “What else could I have done?” but HBK looks unforgiving tonight ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Therefore, Edge, you leave me no choice. I have decided that tonight ...

Anticipation in the arena is building ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
You will not compete in the Elimination Chamber match!

Edge goes nuts in the ring and starts kicking at the ropes as three referees enter the ring and demand that he leaves immediately. Edge shoves one of them aside and argues that he is going nowhere and that he has been treated unfairly. HBK watches on as Edge refuses to leave ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Edge, get out of the ring now. We have a pay-per-view to watch and you’re now holding up the show. Get out of the ring now!

The Rated R Superstar again refuses and he looks furious here ... Out from backstage, on HBK’s orders, come several burly security guards who make their way past the General Manager and down the ramp towards the Chamber.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Edge, leave of your own accord or else these guys will do it for you. And if you don’t immediately leave the ring, I will fine you and suspend you indefinitely. Now get out of the ring! NOW!

Edge reluctantly begins to edge his way over towards the ropes, he still looks incandescent with rage as he steps through the ropes, shepherded by the referees and officials, towards the security team. Holding his hands up to show he is leaving, the security team allow Edge to pass through them and he steps down the steps complaining bitterly as he exits. Cruelly, the crowd begin to chant “Nananana ... Hey-hey-hey ... Goodbye!” at him and Edge launches a tirade of abuse at the crowd as he leaves. JR, King and Foley are in shock ringside as they await the entrance of the actual competitors in the match – King suggests that HBK may be taking this grudge one step too far.

*** MEDAL ***
KurtAngle.jpg

KURT ANGLE

(w/Joe Hennig & Percy Watson)

Angle, decked out in red, white and blue as normal, heads out into the arena accompanied by his rookie apprentices, Joe Hennig and Percy Watson, Team Angle 2. Angle stops at the top of the ramp and points up to the sky where the red, white and blue pyro explode and he then heads towards the ring with his hand clutching the Olympic gold medal around his waist ... Foley suggests that great as Angle is, he is a big fan of him, his wrestling style does not suit the Chamber and that could cost him tonight.

As Kurt reaches the steps at the bottom of the ramp, he removes the medal and hands it over to Hennig for safe keeping. The referees order Hennig and Watson to leave, they cannot accompany Angle inside the Chamber and they are forced to turn back as Angle wheels away into the ring and taunts the crowd by claiming that this is his night to get a victory ... King agrees with Foley’s recent assessment but also points out the adaption that Angle had to make from amateur wrestling to the world of the WWE and says that if anybody can adapt to the Chamber, the American Hero can. Angle elects to enter the chamber to the right of the doors and he steps inside as the referees close the doors and padlock them shut. Angle, as most do, checks the plexiglass and the chains above his head as he familiarises himself with the situation. He could be in for a long wait in there – especially if he was to be the last man to enter the match.

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***
DanielBryan.jpg

DANIEL BRYAN

Cheers around the arena as the former United States Champion heads out onto the stage and he lifts his hands to salute the crowd. He sidesteps his way down the ramp and towards the Chamber ... His wrestling style is also discussed as well as his lack of Elimination Chamber experience but King this time suggests that Bryan’s maiden voyage into the Chamber could mean he enters without no fear or worries? Bryan elects to enter the chamber directly opposite across the ring from Angle and he is locked in ready to wait for his chance to exit and compete for the WrestleMania main event spot ...

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***
Sheamus.jpg

SHEAMUS

(w/Hornswoggle)

Accompanied by Hornswoggle, out strides the confident, tough Irish man – many people’s pick to win the match here tonight. As he beats his pasty white chest on stage, his little friend Hornswoggle dances around his feet and then leads the Celtic Warrior towards the ring whilst clutching a steel pipe, a weapon that he has used quite effectively in recent months ... JR hypes him up as the man many people believe will win here tonight and Foley confirms that Sheamus’ strength and brute force make his style perfect for the Chamber. King reminds us of his feud with Triple H, another Chamber entrant tonight, and speculates over whether the pair of them might clash this evening. As Sheamus enters the Chamber, Hornswoggle, as Team Angle were earlier, is turned back away. Instead of heading back up the ramp though, Hornswoggle dives underneath the enormous steel structure and under the ring. The referees shrug their shoulders which must mean that there is no advantage to being under there at all. In the structure, Sheamus elects to take the chamber to the left of the door and he steps inside with a look of menace in his eyes as well as an air of madness – he appears to be relishing the prospect of this match here tonight.

*** TIME TO PLAY THE GAME ***
TripleH.jpg

TRIPLE H

As the lights fall and the green spotlights flicker around the arena, the crowd go wild as one of the most popular men in the WWE steps out onto the stage. He walks towards the ring with a purpose, a water bottle in his right hand, ready for action here tonight. JR reminds us that Triple H has won four times out of his six Elimination Chamber appearances and Foley suggests that Hunter’s ‘Cerebral Assassin’ nickname explains that stat perfectly. Hunter steps up the steps and into the Chamber, he has no fear of this and he smirks as he looks around. He looks to the left and advances a step or two forwards where he comes face to face with his old nemesis, Sheamus, through the plexi-glass. After an intense staredown between the pair of them, as well as a slamming of the hand on the glass by Sheamus, Hunter retreats and turns to face Angle instead. Hunter laughs at Angle – who desperately didn’t want Triple H in the match – before heading into the ring and saluting the fans. As he heads into the final chamber, the door is locked up and he checks out his situation. With all four chambers now full, the final two men are set to enter and they will be the two men who will start the match off ...

JERRY LAWLER:
So who is going to replace Edge in the match?

*** AWESOME! I CAME TO PLAY ***
TheMiz-MITB.jpg

THE MIZ

Money in the Bank Contract Holder

As the cocky Miz heads out on stage, there are jeers around the arena – Lawler’s question is still not answered, we all knew Miz was in the match already. Smirking, Miz raises his hands and it is noticeable that he does not have the Money in the Bank briefcase with him here tonight. Despite having a guaranteed title opportunity to be used before Money in the Bank 2011, Miz has made it clear of late that he wants to earn the right to challenge for the WWE Championship at WrestleMania 27 in Atlanta and prove that he is the most must-see WWE superstar on the roster right now. Miz steps up into the Elimination Chamber with a look of awe in his eyes but there is also a note of trepidation there too – as you would expect. JR informs us that this is also Miz’ first experience of the Chamber but suggests that he has the most to prove here tonight – can he prove he deserves to headline WrestleMania without using his Money in the Bank contract? Lawler reminds us of his dislike for Miz and says he hopes Edge’s replacement comes out here and shuts Miz up once and for all …

Miz enters the ring and mocks the crowd and tells them that he is going to win tonight and headline WrestleMania before he removes his coat and hands it over to a referee. Turning to face the titantron, Miz looks out expectantly waiting to find out who he is going to start tonight’s match with. Miz’ music fades out and another hush falls over the arena ...

MICK FOLEY:
Who’s it going to be?

...

...

...

...


*** 5 ***
*** 4 ***
*** 3 ***
*** 2 ***
*** 1 ***

*** BREAK THE WALLS DOWN ***

ChrisJericho.jpg

CHRIS JERICHO

Another huge cheer as the man who Edge ‘defeated’ on RAW is given another chance at the eleventh hour to enter the Chamber and secure a main event spot at WrestleMania. As Jericho stands on stage, arms stretched out and his back to the audience, the fireworks explode and then he spins and makes his way towards the Chamber ... JR hypes up the experience that Jericho has inside the Chamber and the fact that he, like Triple H, is a former winner of the Chamber match. At ringside, they discuss his new attitude and suggest that it could be Chris Jericho who heads to WrestleMania to challenge for the WWE Championship in six weeks time …

Jericho removes his jacket and then heads up the steps and into the Chamber where he stands at the ropes. He looks left at Sheamus, right at Angle and then straight forward at The Miz, he is smiling about what is in store for him here. Stepping through the ropes, Jericho walks around Miz and climbs the buckles in the corner in front of Triple H where he looks down at the Cerebral Assassin, the two most experienced men in the match, before repeating it over near Daniel Bryan. Jericho certainly seems confident that he is going to win here tonight – now that he is in the match of course!

JIM ROSS:
We’re ready to go, which of these six men are going to go to WrestleMania and challenge either Wade Barrett or John Morrison for the WWE Championship? Let’s find out!

The doors of the Chamber are closed with one referee in the ring with Miz and Jericho, four referees positioned at the corners of the Chamber with keys to unlock the doors when required and two more referees at the doors ready to let the superstars out when they are eliminated.

JERRY LAWLER:
This is going to be good, guys!

The bell rings and that battle to become the WrestleMania Number 1 contender for the WWE Championship is underway!

RAW ELIMINATION CHAMBER MATCH
Winner will become the Number 1 contender for the WWE Championship at WrestleMania 27
CHRIS JERICHO vs. DANIEL BRYAN vs. KURT ANGLE vs. THE MIZ vs. SHEAMUS vs. TRIPLE H


As the action begins, there is a huge “Y2J!” chant that echoes around the arena and this annoys Miz who goes on the attack immediately and starts to viciously pound away across the head and shoulders of the Canadian. Forcing Jericho back to the corner, Miz looks determined to knock him off quickly and get some rest before the third entrant enters the match and he stomps away with kicks to the gut of a fallen Jericho in the corner. Caught completely by surprise by Miz’ fast start, Jericho elects to slide himself under the bottom rope and out onto the steel platform outside the ring. As Daniel Bryan looks on through the plexi-glass pod beside Jericho, Miz steps through the ropes after him. Running towards Y2J, the Canadian uses his Elimination Chamber experience and dodges him at the last moment and Miz sails into the chain fencing around the edge of the Chamber. The crowd love seeing Miz get his come-uppance and cheer as Jericho drags him up and tosses him into the outside of the ropes before hitting a short arm clothesline that crashes Miz down on his back on the steel. Bryan applauds in the booth and Jericho sarcastically bows to him before picking Miz up and hurling him up and over the top rope and back into the ring. Another “Y2J!” chant springs up as he lifts himself up onto the middle turnbuckle waiting … double axe handle chop from the middle rope sends Miz down once more. Jericho is in control now in the early moments of this match and the crowd begin to settle into the PPV as they watch on. A bodyslam from Jericho follows and it appears he is taking his time and methodically picking Miz apart as he uses his foot to push Miz back against the bottom buckle now, the referee unable to stop him as the Chamber match is No DQ. As Jericho picks Miz up, he stares at the Celtic Warrior, Sheamus, before whipping his opponent across the ring and into the turnbuckles with a crash. Jericho rushes over looking for a crossbody splash in the corner but Miz senses him coming and ducks down and Jericho lands awkwardly and crashes his head on the top of the steel post in the corner of the ring. Miz rolls Jericho up for a surprise school boy pin …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** JERICHO KICKS OUT! **

Miz, looking as if he expected Jericho to kick out, quickly leaps up and drops an elbow across his chest to keep him down. As Jericho rolls over, Miz stomps away on his back and shoulders and keeps him face down as he looks to weaken him. Jericho staggers up in the corner but Miz is fresher now and he comes rushing over and hits a clothesline with his legs leaping through the ropes. Straddling Jericho as he stands on the middle rope, Miz looks down at Bryan in his pod as he begins to rain down the punches on Jericho’s face, ten in total, before allowing him to stagger clear. As Jericho stumbles, Miz sneaks up and locks him in a facelock before hitting his backbreaker – neckbreaker combination that leaves Jericho writhing on the mat. Mocking Jericho of old, Miz places a foot on his chest and strikes a strong man pose as the referee counts Jericho’s shoulders down …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** JERICHO LIFTS A SHOULDER! **

Laughing, Miz stands over Jericho and disrespectfully kicks him gently in the head – just enough to be annoying but not really painful. Miz is playing with Jericho right now and can be heard to be taunting him with jibes about not being good enough to qualify and needing his hero, HBK, to hand him a spot. As Jericho gets to his knees and then feet, Miz stands back to allow him up before picking him up and bodyslamming him back down on the mat hard before looking around the ring at the other four pods with a look of smug arrogance on his face. He retreats to the corner of the ring and starts to pull on the ropes as he prepares to end Jericho’s evening. Jericho staggers back to his feet and Miz sneaks up behind him and locks him in full nelson ready to deliver the Skull Crushing Finale … But Jericho fights back and manages to twist out of it, he knocks Miz down with a clothesline and quickly follows up with a Lionsault to the delight of the fans. He hooks the leg of Miz …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** MIZ KICKS OUT! **

Unperturbed, Jericho steps back and waits for Miz now. When the Money in the Bank contract holder gets to his feet, Jericho kicks him in the gut and then grabs his legs to up-end him onto his back … WALLS OF JERICHO! JERICHO GOES FOR THE WALLS OF JERICHO BUT MIZ FIGHTS BACK! As Jericho tries to twist him over, Miz writhes and wriggles to avoid the predicament before grabbing the ropes for what he thinks is safety. The referee signals that he cannot force Jericho to break the hold though and Miz looks at him in disgust for a second before Jericho twists him over finally … WALLS OF JERICHO IS LOCKED IN! WILL MIZ TAP OUT? Clutching at the ropes in desperation, Miz’ efforts to escape the Walls of Jericho appear futile but then the arena darkens and the spotlights begin to flash as we prepare for the third entrant …

The spotlight finally settles on: TRIPLE H! The referee in the corner of the ring where Triple H is stood begins to unlock the pod and he releases the Game who looks eager to get started. He flings himself out of the pod and into the ring where Jericho still has the Walls locked in on Miz … Kick to the gut of Jericho by the Game … PEDIGREE! TRIPLE H HITS THE PEDIGREE TO CHRIS JERICHO! However, as Triple H goes for the cover on Jericho, Miz attacks him from behind, clutching his back and wincing a little … SKULL CRUSHING FINALE! MIZ HITS TRIPLE H WITH THE SKULL CRUSHING FINALE! Is it over for the Game within seconds of entering the match?

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TRIPLE H KICKS OUT! **

Amazing! Triple H, caught completely by surprise, manages to survive Miz’ big move and he lives to fight on. Spotting an opportunity, Miz shoves the Game aside and he hooks the leg of Jericho instead who was just hit with the Pedigree …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** JERICHO RECOVERS JUST IN TIME! **

Miz clutches his head in anger, he complains to the referee who shoots him a hand gesture signalling that it was a 2-count only. Miz gets to his feet and gets in the face of the referee who backs away slightly but continues to stick to his story. As Miz complains, Triple H recovers and rolls him up and the crowd come alive as they expect this could be the end of Miz …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** MIZ KICKS OUT! **

Whoa! That was close for Miz and as he spirals up and round to face Hunter, he is clotheslined hard and heavy over the top rope and the crashes down on the steel with a smash. Triple H stalks out of the ring after him and it is time for the crowd here in Detroit to see Miz gets some punishment. Hunter grabs the back of his head and he runs Miz face first into the steel cage wall, once, twice, three times and Miz wobbles unsteadily before he is slammed face first into the shatter-proof plexiglass that surrounds the Celtic Warrior, Sheamus. As Triple H stands over the fallen Miz, he stares through the glass into the eyes of Sheamus who returns the glare with interest. A spark between the two, a reminder of their vicious feud from a couple of months back, as Triple H drags Miz up. A forearm smash to the face of Miz sends him crashing down once more and Hunter – to a multitude of “Woooo” from the crowd – drops down and locks in the Figure 4 Leg Lock on the outside of the ring. Miz writhes in pain and reaches out for the ropes but – yet again – the referee insists that there is nothing he can do about it. It appears that Miz may have no option but to tap out but then there is a commotion at ringside and we see that Team Angle – Joe Hennig and Percy Watson – are at the door of the Chamber trying to get in. The referees are holding them back but they are no match for the two WWE superstars. The distraction causes Triple H, who has a score to settle with the pair of them, to release Miz and he sets off towards the door. As Hennig and Watson squeeze into the Chamber, they are met with a ferocious looking Triple H and he begins to trade punches and heavy blows with them both. Head first into the pod of Kurt Angle goes Watson first of all as HHH gets control and then Hennig follows as a dismayed Angle looks on. Hunter grabs Hennig and he sets him up whilst staring straight at Kurt … PEDIGREE! ON THE STEEL FLOORING! The crowd are going wild but Angle looks distressed to see the state of Joe Hennig as he rolls in pain back towards the door. As he falls out of the Chamber, Percy Watson looks up clutching his head and looks terrified as Hunter grins. Watson tries to run but he is pummelled over and over in the back and shoulders before … PEDIGREE! PERCY WATSON FACE FIRST INTO THE STEEL! The crowd cheer as Triple H smirks and shoves Watson out of the Chamber with his boot before the doors are resealed and it seems as if Team Angle have been made irrelevant this evening – if Angle wants to go to WrestleMania, he will need to win the Chamber on his own. HHH looks at Angle and points that out as Jericho and Miz resume their battle inside the ring …

The lights dip again and the spotlights begin to flash. Who is the fourth man to enter the Chamber? Angle looks worried as Triple H positions himself right outside the door to his pod, if the light lands on him, he will be coming face to face with the Game! The crowd rise in anticipation until …
 
GCBECHAMBER.png

(CONTINUED)

The spotlight ends on: SHEAMUS! Triple H continues his staredown with Angle and this proves to be an error as the Celtic Warrior immediately heads over towards him and stands behind him. The crowd try to warn him as Angle talks smack to him, clearly distracting him further as he realises what is happening, Sheamus waits and waits … BROGUE KICK …MISSES! SHEAMUS’ BOOT CONNECTS WITH THE PLEXIGLASS OF ANGLE’S POD AND CRACKS OPEN! Angle looks scared to death and Sheamus is caught with his boot high up as he tries to untangle himself and he walks straight into the right hand of Triple H instead! Hunter, clearly still mad over the time out of the WWE that Sheamus cost him last year, takes down the Irish man and pounds away hard at his skull as Sheamus backs up against the chain wall before sinking slowly down. It appears that the Game is unstoppable tonight and he looks determined to destroy all-comers and earn the title opportunity at WrestleMania! Hunter steps back and takes a breather as the crowd show their appreciation. He glances in the ring where Miz and Jericho, clearly the sideshow for the moment, continue their battles and then turns back towards Sheamus. He steps back towards him and then … sinks to his knees with a look of pain in his eyes. Confusion for a moment, then realisation as Sheamus, a little worse for wear and sporting a cut on his forehead already, raises a steel pipe which he has just buried into the midriff of the Game. Sheamus looks down and winks and we see that Hornswoggle, who was under the ring remember, must have passed the pipe through the gaps in the side of the Chamber. Boos echo around the arena as Sheamus smirks before he picks a deliberate spot … BAM! The pipe is smashed into the back of Hunter’s knee and down he goes, wincing in pain and grimacing as he clutches his knee. Sheamus looks pleased with himself, despite the jeers of the crowd, before handing the pipe back to the little Irish troll through the chains.

Meanwhile, back in the ring, Jericho has control over Miz and he manages to hit a slam in the middle of the ring. As Sheamus remains on the outside methodically picking Triple H apart, Jericho looks to take his chance and he leaps onto the middle rope and somersaults backwards looking for the Lionsault. However, Miz is able to roll away and Jericho, agile as a cat, lands on two feet. Miz swings at him but Jericho ducks under and then hits a spinning wheel kick that flattens Miz once more and allows another opportunity for a cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** MIZ KICKS OUT! **

Jericho grabs Miz’ head and starts beating away at him, this is an aggressive side of Jericho that the WWE Universe loved about him during his early WWE years and it appears that Y2J is well and truly back. As he steps up from the mat, the crowd cheer and he smiles as he looks down on Miz. For a second time, he hits the ropes and springboards backwards … Lionsault connects! Jericho senses that this could be his chance and he hooks the leg of the man who holds the Money in the Bank contract …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3! NOOOOO! MIZ JUST KICKS OUT! **

The crowd groan in despair, they thought Jericho had taken out the arrogant Miz there! Miz looks in big trouble though and he rolls to the ropes for safety – in reality, there is little safety anywhere inside this Chamber. Jericho pulls Miz back from the ropes and he whips him across the ring to the buckles before running in and hitting a drop kick to the midriff of his opponent. Miz doubles up in pain again and Jericho responds by grabbing him by the legs and taking him down to the mat once more. As Jericho stands over Miz with his feet in his hands, the crowd come alive as they realise what Jericho has planned here. Jericho smiles once more and he twists Miz over … WALLS OF JERICHO LOCKED IN! Jericho digs his knee into the back of Miz and he synchs it in as hard as he can causing Miz to yell out in pain. Desperately, Miz stretches out looking for the bottom rope to try and ensure he cannot submit here but he is a foot short and Jericho has the Walls locked in good. The crowd are willing Miz to tap out but he shows guts and resolve, not two qualities normally assigned to him, and he manages to creep towards the bottom rope. With his hand stretched out, the crowd sense that he could tap at any second – or reach the rope at any second. They yell encouragement to Jericho and he turns to look back at Miz … Just as Miz’ fingertips brush the rope, Jericho pulls himself forward a few steps and drags Miz with him back to the centre of the ring. The crowd go wild, there is a “Tap! Tap!” chant as Jericho yells out to Miz to tap out. Miz’ hand is poised, the referee is telling him he can tap out at any second … Miz looks as if he is about to submit and become the first man eliminated … BAM! BROGUE KICK! SHEAMUS’ BOOT SMASHES INTO JERICHO’S FACE WITHOUT WARNING! As Miz rolls away, still active in the match, Sheamus looks around at the WWE Universe who shower him with hate for the Brogue Kick but he appears to care little. The Celtic Warrior grabs Jericho and pulls him towards his knees, hooks the leg and this appears to be a formality …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **


CHRIS JERICHO HAS BEEN ELIMINATED BY SHEAMUS (12:58)

Sheamus gets to his feet with a smirk on his face before he starts to shove Jericho towards the door of the Chamber with his foot, clearly proud of himself. Jericho is shoved under the bottom rope and he lies on the steel platform holding his jaw where he was hit with the Brogue Kick, he truly did not see it coming. From almost eliminating Miz to being eliminated himself in the space of 5 seconds. As Jericho rolls towards the exit though, Miz, sensing an opportunity, jumps over and starts pounding away at Y2J. Punishing Jericho for his Walls of Jericho, Miz has to be restrained by two referees whilst two more guide Jericho out of the Chamber so that the doors can be resealed. Miz looks on with a look of annoyance on his face, he is clearly unhappy with the way Jericho almost eliminated him. As Jericho comes round, he looks up at Miz through the chains and has a look in his eyes that shows there are issues between the former Tag Team Champions. Sheamus, an amused look on his face still, watches with indifference. He is clearly happy over eliminating the dangerous Jericho and he looks towards Miz who decides against returning the ring right now. As Sheamus looks at Miz and dares him to return though, Triple H climbs back into the ring and he goes after Sheamus and their battle resumes just as the clock reaches the 15:00 mark and the lights flash to signal the entry of the fifth man into the Chamber – Daniel Bryan or Kurt Angle?

The spotlight settles on: DANIEL BRYAN! Clearly delighted to be out, Bryan shoves his way out of the pod before it is hardly open and he runs out and smashes straight into Miz with a running forearm before pounding away at him as the crowd cheer him on. Bryan is clearly pumped up for this huge opportunity and with Miz down and – it seems – cowering, Bryan turns his attention back to the ring. Sheamus, fresher and stronger right now, has the advantage over a wounded Triple H but Bryan and Sheamus have had issues of late. Out of view of the Celtic Warrior, Bryan climbs to the top rope and he waits for Sheamus to turn around before delivering a perfectly executed missile dropkick to the delight of the crowd. Sheamus staggers and falls to the mat and this allows Bryan to shower him with stiff kicks to the head and rib areas putting Sheamus on the backfoot for the first time really in the match. Miz, angered by Bryan a moment ago, enters the ring with a look of fury in his eyes and his target is clearly the man who took his United States Championship back in October. However, Triple H spots Miz’ advancement towards Bryan and he twists him around to face him and they start slugging it out as the four men in the ring pair off. In the Chamber near the door, Kurt Angle looks on with glee as he contemplates entering the Chamber as the last man with a huge advantage. He watches as Triple H clotheslines Miz over the top rope and the steel flooring clatters as Miz lands awkwardly. With Bryan continuing to beat down on Sheamus, Triple H elects to follow Miz out of the ring and he runs him face first into the chain walls. As Miz turns in pain, Triple H kicks him in the gut and the crowd roar as he sets up … PEDIGREE! ON THE STEEL FLOORING! Miz’ face crashes down hard on the metal floor and Triple H, delighted with himself, holds his arms wide taking in the adulation. The referee, concerned for Miz, immediately drops to his knees to check on him and tells Triple H to back off for a moment. He checks on Miz’ eyes and then shoots up an ‘X’ signal to let the WWE officials know that Miz is hurt. Triple H, smirking, points at Miz and then turns to Angle in the pod. The insinuation is clear – “You next!” As Triple H stares into the eyes of Angle, the doctors discuss Miz’ condition with the referee and they decide to get him out of there quick – JR, King and Foley speculate over a possible concussion. A stretcher is brought to the doors and Miz is quickly helped through the doors and onto the stretcher to be wheeled out of the arena as Justin Roberts announces that he has been eliminated …

THE MIZ HAS BEEN ELIMINATED (16:27)

Back in the ring, Bryan is still in control of Sheamus but the power of the big Irishman means that he is always one strike away from getting back on top. As Hunter returns to the ring to join Bryan and Sheamus’ battle, he manages to strike with a clothesline and sends Sheamus over the top rope. As Sheamus clatters on the steel floor, Triple H and Daniel Bryan look at each other and despite the clear respect between them, they begin to slug it out as well. Triple H gets on top and he goes for a Pedigree but Bryan is able to counter into a Back Body Drop that crashes him down to the mat. Bryan follows Hunter as he staggers over to the corner and he mounts the ropes to deliver a series of right hands to the face of the Cerebral Assassin. The crowd count along with them before Bryan steps up to the top rope and then leaps up and hits a Hurricanrana to Triple H as well. Cover from Bryan …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** HUNTER KICKS OUT! **

As the two men get to their feet, Bryan is slightly fresher and quicker and he hits a roundhouse kick to the head of Triple H to knock him back down. Dropping to his knees, Bryan looks to lock in a quick Le Bell Lock but Hunter fights back and doesn’t allow it. Instead, Bryan locks in an arm lock instead and uses his leverage to roll Hunter back onto his shoulders on the mat …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** ANOTHER KICK OUT BY TRIPLE H! **

The mat battle continues as Bryan looks to wear Triple H down further but the Game tries to resist and fight back. Things become more complicated when an angry Celtic Warrior steps back into the ring and he targets Bryan first with a kick to his gut from the blind side. As Bryan gets up, Sheamus hits forearms to the face of Bryan and staggers him back to the ropes where he ties him up and proceeds to thump the living daylights out of the technical wrestler’s chest. As Bryan’s chest reddens, Sheamus pounds over and over before tossing him back into the ring with a smirk. Whipping Bryan across the ring, Sheamus catches him and hits a Irish Curse backbreaker that almost splits Bryan in two before hooking a leg for the pin …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BRYAN KICKS OUT! **

There is no way Daniel Bryan is going to go down without a fight though and he kicks out determinedly. Sheamus swings heavy double axe handles into the face of Bryan as he looks to quickly bounce up and he knocks him down several times. Attention turns towards Triple H again though for Sheamus as he comes towards him. The Irishman swings a vicious clothesline at Hunter but he ducks underneath, spins round and kicks Sheamus in the gut … Could it be a Pedigree? No, Sheamus fights his way out and shoves Triple H away before going for a quick Brogue Kick. Again, Hunter ducks and Sheamus is caught with his foot over the top rope. Triple H lifts Sheamus’ other leg up and dumps his foe over the top rope and he clatters down onto the steel floor, his white skin marked with red marks as he writhes in pain. Following him out of the ring, Triple H runs him head first into the chain walls over and over to the delight of the fans before ramming him face first into one of the unoccupied pods. Hunter tosses Sheamus back into the ring through the ropes where Bryan is groggily getting to his feet and is about to follow when the countdown to the final participant in the match begins … A smirk on his face, Triple H stops and turns towards the final pod where a very wary Kurt Angle is stood waiting to enter. Hunter stands one step outside the pod as the lights drop and the spotlights flash …

Here comes the final entrant in the Chamber match: KURT ANGLE! As soon as the horn blasts around the arena and the pod of Angle is unlocked, Triple H forces the door open and storms in towards Angle. Trapped like a rat, Angle tries to fire right hands at the Game but they fail miserably as Hunter barrels into him and, with the crowd urging him on, begins to take revenge on the Olympian. Throwing rights, the Game forces Angle down to his knees, covering up and trying to protect himself, weeks of intense feuding showing now. Grabbing Angle by the neck, Triple H drags him out of the pod and runs him across the steel flooring before sending him sailing into the opposite pod head first, the plexiglass breaking with the impact, the crowd delighted as they cheer on Trips. Back in the ring, the action between Bryan and Sheamus is also hotting up now as Daniel locks the Celtic Warrior into the Le Belle Lock. However, Sheamus is close enough to the ropes to escape and Bryan is forced to release the hold. He tries to drag Sheamus back towards the centre of the ring but the Irishman is able to escape his clutches, Bryan ducks a right hand from Sheamus before hitting a drop kick that takes him down once more. Bryan drags Sheamus to his feet and looks to whip him into the ropes but it is reversed and Bryan heads towards the ropes instead … where he collides with Triple H! The blow knocks Hunter over and allows Angle to groggily put some distance between the pair of them. The collision causes Bryan to become a little disorientated and he turns back into the ring … BAM! BROGUE KICK! SHEAMUS HITS THE BROGUE KICK!

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

DANIEL BRYAN HAS BEEN ELIMINATED (22:54)

Sheamus is on his knees in the centre of the ring as the former US Champion Bryan, after a gutsy effort, rolls away towards the door. JR, King and Foley excitedly remind us that we now have former 2 time WWE Champion Sheamus, 14 time World Champion Triple H and Olympic gold medallist, as well as the freshest man left, Kurt Angle left in the ring battling for the WrestleMania main event spot against the WWE Champion. Angle, still putting distance between himself and Hunter, climbs into the ring where his eyes meet with Sheamus’ and they look at each other. However, Triple H, wounded but determined, climbs into the ring and rushes over at Angle who he forces into the corner. As their personal battle continues, Sheamus watches on – what will he do? He’ll go after Triple H of course! Dragging the Game away, Sheamus whips him hard into the opposite corner and then follows up with a clothesline that knocks him down hard onto the mat. As Angle staggers from the corner, a knowing looks passes between him and Sheamus and it is clear what the intention is – double team Triple H and then settle it between themselves later. Angle grabs a groggy Triple H and hits a belly to belly suplex before Sheamus, who has moved out of the ring, waits for Hunter to get up and then launches over the top rope into a flying shoulder tackle. Sheamus makes the cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TRIPLE H KICKS OUT! **

Sheamus laughs mockingly though, he finds Triple H’s gallantry amusing as he prepares to deliver more offence. Wrapping his arm round the Game’s neck, he lifts him up and hits the Irish Curse backbreaker across his knee before standing up and offering Angle some time to go on the offensive. Hunter gets to the corner but he is sat up against the buckles and this allows Angle to start delivering a series of chilling stomps and kicks to the gut and chest. Angle steps back and signals to the Game to get up, he shouts and bawls at him, he looks as if he is ready to take him out once and for all. However, as Hunter gets up, Angle looks for the Angle Slam and Hunter shoves him away. Right hands from the Game as he fights for his life and his chance at a title shot, he knocks Angle over before launching right hands at Sheamus as well, fighting both enemies off, the Game is making a comeback here to the cheers of the crowd. With Angle propped against the ropes and Sheamus knocked down, the Game rushes towards Angle and looks for a clothesline … Reversal … Back Body Drop! Hunter crashes down hard on the steel flooring to a gasp of concern from the WWE Universe! Angle shakes it off as Sheamus looks to retrieve Triple H’s battered and bruised body, he tosses him through the ropes and back inside the ring so that Angle can make the cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TRIPLE H KICKS OUT ONCE MORE! **

Every Triple H kick out is met with cheers and applause from the WWE Universe but it appears to be helping little as he faces up to what is essentially a Handicap match here. Angle and Sheamus continue to take it in turns to deliver striking attacks before Sheamus hits his clubbing blows to Hunter whilst he is tied up in the ropes. Angle mutters to Sheamus and the Celtic Warrior nods his head whilst retreating back to the opposite corner, could this be the final strike? Angle drags Triple H up as Sheamus waits and waits … Angle shoves Hunter towards Sheamus as he comes across the ring … BROGUE KICK! SHEAMUS ALMOST TAKES TRIPLE H’S HEAD OFF! It must be all over here, Sheamus with the cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 … NOOOOOO! KICK OUT AT THE LAST MOMENT! **

Sheamus and Angle cannot believe it and Sheamus holds his head in his hands, Triple H was supposed to stay down there! Angle steps back and he tells Sheamus to move aside … He is setting up here for his big finish move! Sheamus props against the ropes and watches on to the disgust of Foley on commentary but there is nothing against these actions in the rule book for this match! Angle is pumping himself up more and more … ANGLE SLAM! ANGLE SLAM TO TRIPLE H! IT’S OVER FOR THE GAME! Angle makes the cover and hooks the leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO! **

The crowd go wild as Triple H kicks out once again! Angle cannot believe it and he kicks the ropes in frustration whilst Sheamus condemns the referee and tries to intimidate him over the decision. Calming slightly, Angle refocuses and pulls down his strap. He stands over a fallen Game and he grabs his foot. Triple H fights and tries to prevent Angle from locking his ankle into a submission but Sheamus hits a well timed stomp to the chest and Angle locks it in … ANKLE LOCK! KURT ANGLE LOCKS IN THE ANKLE LOCK ON TRIPLE H! Surely this is it for Triple H now? Angle looks maniacal as he twists the ankle of the Cerebral Assassin one way and then the other, he is prepared to snap it in two if needed to force the submission. Hunter is in intense pain but the crowd are on his side and a huge “Triple H!” chant begins as he looks for the ropes. However, Sheamus stomps him in the head or the back every time he moves an inch closer to the ropes, it is a long way to go and there appears little chance of making it. With Hunter looking as if he has no choice but to tap out, the first signs of ego coming into play between Sheamus and Angle appear. After a minute of the Ankle Lock and still no submission from Triple H, Sheamus tells Angle to release the hold and to let him finish the job now. Angle refuses and the pair have words which end with Sheamus, ridiculously, shoving Angle and releasing Triple H from the Ankle Lock. Angle shoves Sheamus back and they go face to face for a moment before Sheamus backs down with his hands out. He taps his forehead and tells Kurt to calm down for now. Kurt points to the corner and tells Sheamus to boot his head off, an idea that appeals to the Celtic Warrior who retreats. Angle drags up HHH … BROGUE KICK … MISSES HUNTER AND CONNECTS WITH ANGLE! Did Sheamus do that on purpose? Or did Triple H duck and catch out Angle? Triple H, wits still about him, covers Angle and hooks the leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** SHEAMUS BREAKS UP THE PINFALL! **

Why on earth would you do that, Sheamus?! A chance to eliminate one of the final two opponents and he drags Triple H off instead? Foley is scathing about Sheamus’ actions on commentary but it appears that Sheamus is oblivious to the anger in the arena and he drags the Game up off the mat before setting him up with his head between his legs. For a moment, it looks as if Sheamus is going for a Pedigree but instead he lifts Hunter up onto his back and sets for the Celtic Cross instead! With Hunter’s arms stretched wide as he is laid on Sheamus’ back, the Irishman runs forwards and then drops Triple H down onto his back … CELTIC CROSS CONNECTS! SHEAMUS HITS THE CELTIC CROSS ON TRIPLE H!

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TRIPLE H SOMEHOW KICKS OUT! **

How much does Triple H want to reach WrestleMania and win the WWE Championship one more time? The crowd are loving his resilience but Sheamus is apoplectic with rage now and he shouts and yells out in frustration. With Angle still recovering from the Brogue Kick he received before, Sheamus storms out of the ring and is shouting orders. It becomes clear who to when a hand reaches up from under the Chamber and passes a steel pipe through the chain wall to the Irishman – Hornswoggle at work again! The crowd boo and jeer but Sheamus could not care less as he steps back into the ring and he stands facing the Game as he slowly gets to his knees and his feet. Preparing to strike, Sheamus grips the pipe as Foley, JR and King remind us of the sickening attack after WrestleMania 26 when Sheamus put the Game out of action for 9 months with a steel pipe shot. Sheamus winds up as the Game gets to his feet ... and swings … Sheamus misses Triple H and instead strikes the oblivious Kurt Angle instead! The crowd explode as Sheamus looks down at Angle’s fallen body in disbelief … He turns … Triple H with a kick to the gut … PEDIGREE! TRIPLE H HITS THE PEDIGREE TO SHEAMUS! Hooks the leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

SHEAMUS HAS BEEN ELIMINATED (28:43)

We’re down to Triple H and Kurt Angle and the crowd are at fever pitch now – Hunter is up, groggy but up, whilst Angle is down and out cold from the steel pipe shot to the head! Hunter looks over to him and smirks as he drags himself up and over towards Angle. He drags him off the mat and sets for the Pedigree … BAM! BROGUE KICK! SHEAMUS HITS A BROGUE KICK TO TRIPLE H! The crowd boo as the referees enter the ring and shepherd the Celtic Warrior, venom etched across his face, out of the Chamber. As Sheamus, joined by Hornswoggle, retreats up the ramp, he is belted with a barrage of jeers and hate from the WWE Universe but he appears uninterested in their complaints. The door is secured though and we’ve got two men battling to face the WWE Champion at WrestleMania 27 now. To the dismay of the crowd though, Angle is crawling over Triple H and making the cover. Is this going to be it?

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TRIPLE H GETS THE SHOULDER UP! **

At the last second, Hunter shoots his shoulder out and up off the canvas to survive a little longer. Angle , frustration in his eyes, gets to his knees and looks down on the resilient veteran in front of him. He shakes his head and then steps back to wait for Hunter to get up off the mat once more. As he beckons the Game to get to his feet, Angle waits and waits ready to strike … However, when he goes for the Angle Slam, Hunter is able to counter and escapes the move. Landing on his feet with a wobble, Triple H strikes with a right hand to the Olympian who responds with a right hand of his own. This is Triple H’s game though, not Angle’s, they trade blows and Hunter gets the upper hand as he knocks Angle down to the mat. Running forearms to the face of Angle knock him down once more, twice more, the third is ducked by Angle who responds with another right hand of his own before a belly to belly suplex that crashes Hunter down on the mat again. Angle hooks the leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** HHH KICKS OUT AGAIN! **

This is a battle to the death here now, which one of these men can survive the longest? The fresher man is Angle but Hunter has looked like he is simply refusing to be beaten here tonight. Angle clotheslines Triple H over the top rope and he lands with a crash on the steel, every move now looks like an intense effort as the brutality of the match starts to catch up with them both. Following him out of the ring, Angle stomps and kicks to the guts of the Game and he begins to look obsessed as he continues to pound away. Screaming to Hunter that he deserves to be the one who takes the WWE Championship, Angle deviates from his normal mat wrestling style to use the viciousness of the steel to his advantage. He runs Hunter into the chains and then snap suplexes him on the steel with a crash. It takes almost as much out of Angle but the life appears to be ebbing away from Hunter now and it seems a matter of time. Looking a little more confident now, Angle throws Hunter head first back through the ropes and into the ring as he looks to end things. Taking a breath, Angle steps behind the Game and waits … and waits … and waits … Up staggers Triple H, Angle lifts him up looking for the Angle Slam … NO! Hunter manages to leap away and Angle looks incensed, he goes for a wild clotheslines that Hunter avoids. As Angle comes off the ropes, Hunter lifts him up – Spinebuster! The crowd are delighted once more as Hunter regains control. Is it time for the Game to earn his shot at the WWE Title at WrestleMania? He signals that it is all over and waits for Angle to get to his knees, here we go! PEDIGREE! HUNTER HITS THE PEDIGREE! The crowd are going crazy, Triple H is on his way to WrestleMania! He hooks the leg of Angle …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** UNBELIEVABLE! ANGLE KICKS OUT! **

The crowd groan in disappointment as the Olympic gold medallist kicks out at the very last moment and Hunter holds his head in frustration, he cannot believe it! He stumbles to his feet and begins to drag Angle up for another Pedigree … Will a second put him down once and for all? Wait a minute … LOW BLOW! ANGLE WITH A LOW BLOW! The referee protests at Angle as the Game crumples in a heap but there is nothing the ref can do about it and Angle looks like he doesn’t care a bit! Angle hooks the leg as the crowd boo …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TRIPLE H KICKS OUT AGAIN! **

Angle can’t believe it now! He throws a fit and gets right in the face of the referee who argues back with him and insists that Hunter kicked out at 2! Clutching at his nether regions, Hunter rolls away and under the ropes to the outside of the ring as he tries to recover. However, Angle, a look of fury in his eyes now, drags him back into the ring. Tugging his strap right down, Angle’s intentions are clear as he turns Hunter over and grabs his right foot once more … ANKLE LOCK? NO! Triple H reverses the move and rolls Angle up in a small package move …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

WINNER: TRIPLE H (34:36)

A roar erupts around the arena as the legend that is Triple H manages to roll away from Kurt Angle as the winner of the match and the new Number 1 contender for the WWE Championship heading into WrestleMania 27! As ‘Time to play the Game’ echoes around the arena, an exhausted Triple H sits up against the turnbuckles, clearly aching from what he has just gone through, but a smile passes across his face as he realises what he has done! Foley hails the performance as one of the greatest ever shows of guts and determination he has seen and hypes up the way that the Game overcame not just Angle but Sheamus as well! As Angle crawls down the steps and out of the now open Chamber doors, Joe Hennig and Percy Watson come staggering down the ramp and straight to their mentor, the Olympian. They are groggy from their Pedigrees earlier tonight but they attempt to help Kurt up but he shoves them away angrily, he is clearly upset over the fact that he couldn’t get the job done here tonight. Hennig and Watson look a little shocked as Angle stumbles off up the ramp, swaying left and right, but they follow close by ready to catch him should he fall. Back in the ring, Triple H has pulled himself up to his feet using the ropes as support and he smirks as Angle staggers away.

As JR, King and Foley speculate whether Hunter can win the WWE Championship at WrestleMania and he celebrates his win with the WWE Universe, the cameras switch backstage where we see Randy Orton stood in a corridor backstage and the crowd immediately cheer. As the camera pulls back, we also see that stood beside him is the RAW General Manager Shawn Michaels who also receives a huge cheer too. However, HBK is looking at Orton with a look of anger in his eyes and we all know why that is after last week’s RAW.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
I’ll get straight to the point, Randy. I’m the RAW General Manager and all I have ever done is support you. Why did ...

RANDY ORTON:
Support me? Would you call forcing me to team with Cena at Survivor Series and putting my WWE Championship on the line even though I had to rely on four other men, would you call that supporting me?

Tension fills the air as HBK shakes his head but now Orton has a look of annoyance in his eyes as well ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
We’ve been through this before, Randy. How could I have known what Cena was going to do?

Orton rolls his eyes and his neck and snorts at this comment ...

RANDY ORTON:
Cena and I have never had a good relationship, Shawn. I didn’t trust him at all but you trusted him with my WWE Championship. You can dress it up any way you want to but ultimately it was your decision that gave Cena the opportunity to screw me.

HBK impatiently shakes his head once more ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Nobody could have foreseen a guy like Cena used to be doing what he did, Randy. For the past five years, all we have heard from John is “Hustle, Loyalty and Respect!” and I was certain that any problems between the two of you wouldn’t interfere in the match. I realise now that I ...

RANDY ORTON:
... Made a big mistake?

HBK looks down for a moment and breathes deep before raising his gaze back to the ice cold eyes of the Viper ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Yes, Randy, I made a mistake. I trusted Cena and it backfired. But that doesn’t change things though. I am the RAW General Manager and this past Monday ...

RANDY ORTON:
I hit you with an RKO!

Orton laughs out loud and HBK looks incensed by this ...

RANDY ORTON:
Shawn, don’t take it personally. Much as I believe I had a good reason to hit you with that RKO, I didn’t do it because of Survivor Series. I hit you with an RKO ... because you were the only man I could hit with an RKO!

A mixed reception from the WWE Universe ...

RANDY ORTON:
Shawn, I know you well enough. I couldn’t RKO Chip Butty or Michael Cole, much as I would like to, I would have been fired – on the spot. I couldn’t RKO Cena, I would have been suspended for six months. I only attacked him on SMACKDOWN this week because I knew they couldn’t suspend me after Cena had attacked me earlier in the night ...

Cheers for this from the WWE Universe ...

RANDY ORTON:
I had to send a message to Cena that I can strike at any time, any place, any moment. You were the only one I could hit, Shawn.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
And how do you know I won’t fire you, Randy? How do you know that?

Orton considers this a moment as he looks into the eyes of HBK ...

RANDY ORTON:
I’ve seen your career, Shawn. You’ve made a career out of shocking the world and hitting Superkicks to anybody and everybody. If anybody understands why I hit that RKO on Monday night, it is you ...

A pause from both men as HBK considers Orton’s words this time ...

SHAWN MICHAELS:
You’re right, Randy. I don’t appreciate being RKO’d on Monday night but I guess I understand it. But let me tell you now, I am the RAW General Manager and you will never hit me with that RKO again. Is that clear?

Orton smirks ...

RANDY ORTON:
Don’t give me a reason to then, Shawn.

Both men stare into each other’s eyes for a moment before we hear a loud clattering as something metallic crashes to the concrete floor and there is the sound of one loud, angry voice. The camera spins around and we see an irate Kurt Angle shoving things around and kicking out as Percy Watson and Joe Hennig follow close behind. As Angle comes closer to HBK and Orton, he looks at them as if daring them to try and stop him.

KURT ANGLE:
What are you looking at? Did you see that out there, Shawn? I should be going to WrestleMania but I’m not – your buddy is instead. It’s a conspiracy against me here in the WWE.

HBK shakes his head and laughs.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Kurt, you were beaten fair and square. I understand that you’re upset and angry but ...

Angle shoves over a table that is stocked with food and drink, the plates clatter down on the concrete and his eyes swim with anger as he turns back to HBK ...

KURT ANGLE:
Nooo! This is a joke, Shawn. Triple H should never have been in the match, I should be going to WrestleMania ... What the hell are you looking at, Orton?

A loud ‘Ooooh!’ is heard in the arena ... Orton takes a step forward towards Angle with a glint in his eye ...

RANDY ORTON:
I’m not sure but I think I’m looking at a sore loser, Kurt.

KURT ANGLE:
Sore loser? Me? I guess you would know, Orton. How many times have you lost to Cena now?

Orton’s face changes from amusement to resentment like a flash ...

RANDY ORTON:
Kurt, I’ve got a Last Man Standing match later tonight with John Cena. I’m focused on that. But don’t you forget what happened at the Rumble. I remember that Cena won the Rumble because you acted like a sore loser that night too. And when the time is right, I will take revenge ... with an ... (Orton glances to HBK for a moment with a cold smile) … R ... K ... O!

Cheers from the arena for this comment but Angle – calming down now – appears unruffled and in fact manages a smirk ...

KURT ANGLE:
If I were you, Orton, I’d stick to the Olympic Slam. Much more devastating.

Angle, flanked by Hennig and Watson, walks away as HBK and Orton watch after them before the camera returns to the ring. The demonic Elimination Chamber has been raised up again and is back in the arena roof as the bell rings to signal the next match ...
 
GCBECHAMBER.png

(CONTINUED)

TONY CHIMEL:
This next match is set for one fall ... and is for the Intercontinental Championship!

A cheer goes up around the arena for this eagerly anticipated match from SMACKDOWN ...

*** BOOYAKA BOOYAKA! ***
ReyMysterio.jpg

REY MYSTERIO

Huge cheer in the arena as the ever popular Rey Mysterio’s music begins and the challenger comes running out onto the stage. As he salutes the fans and his pyro explodes on each corner of the stage, Mick Foley says that he is delighted to see the little Mexican back in the WWE after his horrific injury problems caused by his compatriot, the Intercontinental Champion Alberto Del Rio. JR throws to a replay of the night on SMACKDOWN that Del Rio put Mysterio on the shelf after a tough battle against the then World Champion, Kane …

[YOUTUBE]-JC3LhZQDzQ[/YOUTUBE]​

As the replay ends, we see that Mysterio is now in the ring and he pumps himself up after seeing the cause of his injury once again on the titantron. JR suggests that Rey could get his revenge here tonight when he takes the Intercontinental Championship away from Del Rio …

*** REALEZA ***
AlbertoDelRio.jpg

ALBERTO DEL RIO

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPION | with RICARDO RODRIGUEZ

Loud boos in the arena as the arrogant Intercontinental Champion drives his car, tonight a $250,000 Aston Martin Vantage Roadster, blasting on the horn to get the attention of the WWE Universe. On the stage, Ricardo Rodriguez heads out with a smarmy, smug look on his face and carrying a microphone as he prepares to introduce the champion …

RICARDO RODRIGUEZ:
Damas y caballeros, aquí viene. Es su Campeón Intercontinental, es el orgullo de México … El es … ALBERTO … DEL RRRRIO!

Del Rio exits the Aston Martin wearing gold trunks and smiling an arrogant smile, as he walks out from behind the door we see the Intercontinental Championship belt around his waist. Tugging his white scarf from around his neck, Del Rio steps up onto the stage and the gold pyro sets off and the champion poses on the ramp. He begins to saunter down towards the ring and removes his title belt to hold up as he stands at the foot of the ramp and looks up towards Mysterio. He demands that Rey steps back but the fired up Mexican is having none of that! He leaps through the ropes and runs towards the Intercontinental Champion who is caught out and a slugfest battle begins …

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH:
ALBERTO DEL RIO (c) (w/Ricardo Rodriguez) vs. REY MYSTERIO


In the early stages, Mysterio fires away at Del Rio as he looks for a semblance of revenge over the injury that kept him out for the past few months up to the Rumble. The referee insists that the two men get back in the ring but then Del Rio goes on the run, in and out of the ring, keeping away from Mysterio and frustrating him even more. Eventually, Ricardo Rodriguez provides a slight distraction to Mysterio and this causes him to lose focus for a second and allows Del Rio to club a forearm over his shoulder and take over control of the match. Alberto, as is his usual tactic, works the arm of the smaller Mysterio for a large portion of the match as he looks to soften it up ready for his finisher, the Cross Arm Breaker. After a few legal moves to the arm and shoulder of Rey, Del Rio decides to use a few illegal moves as he makes use of the ring and the surrounding area to further weaken the arm. Starting with the ring post, Mysterio is driven shoulder first into it not once, not twice but three times before being tossed out of the ring over the top rope to the outside. With Ricardo distracting the referee, Del Rio twists Rey’s arm behind his back and then runs him shoulder first into the ring post on the outside instead. Mysterio is starting to feel the pain of the attacks from Del Rio and the attacks continue as Del Rio stomps the arm whilst it is positioned over the ring steps. The referee admonishes Del Rio but he appears unconcerned and is clearly heard to say to the referee “So what are you going to do? Deesqualify me?” – his championship advantage is coming into play. Alberto next drives Mysterio shoulder first into the barricades and the announce tables but the referee is powerless unless he wants to disqualify Del Rio and allow him to retain his title – a situation Del Rio would be absolutely fine with. After an argument with the referee though, Del Rio loses focus for a moment and this allows Rey a flurry of kicks that set up a comeback. He hits a running drop kick that sends Del Rio staggering backwards into the ring apron and he clutches his lower back in pain. However, his trusty sidekick, Ricardo Rodriguez, comes to Del Rio’s aid as he gets between his master and Mysterio. Rey has to drag Rodriguez away from Del Rio and this gives the Mexican Aristocrat time to compose himself and he hits an Enzuguri kick to Rey as he turns back round. Rolling into the ring, Del Rio orders the referee to count Mysterio out but the challenger is able to get back into the ring on 8 and the match continues on …

>>>>> ENDING: Despite his dominance, Del Rio looks flustered as Mysterio slides back into the ring and he goes to work again with an added air of viciousness. Kicks and stomps to the back, shoulders and arms of the challenger are the order of the day and the referee has to drag Alberto back on more than one occasion. Another Enzuguri kick from Del Rio, this time in the corner, allows him to make a cover and look to retain the title …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** MYSTERIO IS STILL FIGHTING HARD! **

Alberto complains to the referee but this allows Mysterio time to recover and he surprises Del Rio with a low dropkick to the knee that sends him stumbling into the ropes. He sprawls over the middle rope and the crowd come alive … 619 CONNECTS! OUT OF NOWHERE, MYSTERIO HITS THE 619! Del Rio stumbles round in the ring and Rey looks to leap up to the top rope but Ricardo grabs his foot. Mysterio tries to free himself but Rodriguez is stubborn and hangs on. As Mysterio battles to kick Rodriguez away, Del Rio charges him and sends him flying off the apron and he collides with the barricades once more to the despair of the crowd. Del Rio ignores the referee and exits the ring, he begins to kick at Mysterio again and then … CROSS ARM BREAKER! CROSS ARM BREAKER OUTSIDE THE RING! Mysterio’s face is etched in pain as Del Rio synchs in the submission hold, the referee comes out and orders Del Rio to release the hold but he is ignored. The ref tries to release Mysterio himself but Del Rio hangs on tight and the referee starts to give Alberto the 5 count. Alberto smiles broadly as the referee counts … 1 … 2 … 3 … “Release it, Del Rio!” … 4 … “Release it!” … The referee turns to disqualify Alberto but he sees Ricardo ready to celebrate and changes his mind. He waves his hand to the back and out come two more referees who speak quickly together. As they speak, Mysterio taps out but it doesn’t count on the outside. Ricardo Rodriguez grabs the referee and points out the tap-out but the referee waves him away. Together, the three referees force Del Rio to break the hold and he claims victory. This is denied him by the officials and Del Rio is angered. Into the ring, the ref and Del Rio go as the argument continues giving Mysterio more time to recover. He stubbornly climbs the turnbuckles from the outside … Hurricanrana! Mysterio has Del Rio rolled up …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** DEL RIO KICKS OUT JUST IN TIME! **

The crowd groan as Mysterio goes close! However, Mysterio doesn’t settle back and he jumps up quickly to go back on the attack as Del Rio rolls outside the ring. Mysterio steps through the ropes and jumps towards Del Rio to hit a Seated Senton before dragging him back to the ring. Again, Rodriguez attempts to distract him but this time Mysterio simply shoves him over and he clatters backwards into the ring steps to the delight of the fans. Mysterio clambers back into the ring, sees Del Rio getting u, turns and springboards off the middle rope into a crossbody that takes the champion down. Mysterio hooks the leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** NOOOO! DEL RIO KICKS OUT AGAIN! **

Mysterio crouches down as he waits for Del Rio to get to his feet, the crowd are right behind him as he looks to end the long unbeaten Intercontinental Championship reign of Del Rio here tonight at the Chamber. Rey dropkicks Del Rio in the back and again sends him sprawling over the ropes, he signals for the 619 and looks to hit it … 619! TO RICARDO RODRIGUEZ! Ricardo jumped up and took the 619 instead of Del Rio, what an act of bravery from the ring announcer! With Mysterio a little caught out, Del Rio takes advantage and locks up Mysterio’s arm … CROSS ARM BREAKER! CENTRE OF THE RING, DEL RIO LOCKS IN THE CROSS ARM BREAKER! Mysterio looks in trouble again as his weakened left arm is pulled back taught and he is forced to dig deep to not give up. Mysterio looks around desperately for a rope to reach but there isn’t one close to him … Unless he stretches his legs and wriggles towards one with his feet! Del Rio tries to hold him back, the crowd will him on … Mysterio hooks a foot around the bottom rope! Del Rio is livid and refuses to break the hold but the referee doesn’t hesitate this time and pulls Del Rio away. Rey takes a moment to recover and then goes on the attack, another springboard off the top rope this time … Del Rio catches him … POWERBOMB! POWERBOMB OF DESTINY FROM DEL RIO! It’s over! Del Rio rolls Mysterio up …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3! NO! MYSTERIO KICKS OUT! **

A huge cheer echoes around the arena as Del Rio looks stunned – his two best moves have both failed him. He cannot believe this! The crowd cheer as Mysterio rolls away to recover and Del Rio argues with the referee once more. He is livid with the official and is clearly accusing him of favouring Rey but, again, the lack of focus from Del Rio is allowing the challenger chance to recover. Del Rio looks over to Ricardo and signals for his belt to the protestations of the official. However, Ricardo grabs the Intercontinental Championship and tosses it into the ring to Del Rio. The ref tries to retrieve it but he is shoved over now as well, Del Rio doesn’t care, he wants a DQ loss now. The referee considers it but doesn’t do it, he is refusing to be bullied by Del Rio. Now, Alberto sets himself though to crash the title belt into Mysterio’s head … He swings at him but Rey ducks underneath the belt and hits the ropes, he leaps up into a Senton position on Del Rio who catches him … Powerbomb again? No, Mysterio takes the Intercontinental Champion down with a DDT! A dropkick from Mysterio sets Del Rio up again … 619 CONNECTS! 619 FROM MYSTERIO TO DEL RIO! Rey holds the top rope, ready to leap up, ready to finish Del Rio and win the title …

WAIT A MINUTE! LOW BLOW FROM RICARDO TO MYSTERIO! The crowd boo and hiss, Ricardo sneaked up and delivered a devastating low blow that has scrunched Mysterio up like a ball on the edge of the apron. He signals to Del Rio to exit the ring and that is what Del Rio does … right out of the ring and up the stage. Ricardo has the Intercontinental Championship in his hand and the referee begins the count-out as the crowd boo and jeer. Del Rio holds the title up as he stands in the stage area, he is happy to lose this one … Mysterio looks angry as the referee reaches 7 …

** 8 **
** 9 **
** 10 **

The referee has no choice but to signal for the bell, Del Rio has been counted out!

WINNER: REY MYSTERIO via DQ (14:32)

As the announcement that Rey Mysterio has won but Alberto Del Rio has retained the Intercontinental Championship is made, Del Rio stands mocking Rey from the staging area, he holds the title up high whilst patting his ring announcer on the back. On the announce desk, Foley and JR are indignant at the actions of Del Rio and accuse him of taking the cowardly way out and not being able to beat Mysterio fair and square. King suggests that Del Rio’s impressive run in the WWE since he arrived is now tainted and that, if he had any honour, he’d get back in the ring and finish the match. However, Del Rio is laughing mockingly as “Booyaka! Booyaka!” plays out, Mysterio looking out with a look of anger showing from underneath his mask, before leaving with the title belt still in his possession.

The camera switches and we head into an advert …


[YOUTUBE]YgFyi74DVjc[/YOUTUBE]

Oh written in the stars
A million miles away
A message to the main
Oh
Seasons come and go
But I will never change
And I'm on my way

As the opening bars of the WrestleMania 27 theme song play, various shots of WrestleMania’s past and their pyrotechnics are shown along with the crowd reactions – amazed, stunned, cheering, jumping and celebrating – before the WrestleMania 27 logo is shown on screen along with a shot of the Georgia Dome in Atlanta at night.

Lets go...
Yeah
You're listening now

A shot of Cena hitting his big moves on the likes of Kofi Kingston and Christian …

They say they ain't heard nothing like this in a while

Wade Barrett and Nexus are shown celebrating Barrett’s WWE Championship victory over Triple H at the Royal Rumble …

That's why they play my song on so many different dials

We see Randy Orton hitting an RKO to John Cena at the Rumble …

'Cause I got more fucking hits than a disciplined child

Slo-mo shot of Kurt Angle hitting the Angle Slam to Barrett …

When they see me everybody brrrrrap's, brrrrrraps
Man I'm like a young gun fully black barrack

Shots of different superstars – Layla, Rey Mysterio and Kofi Kingston – saluting the fans and their pyro exploding behind them …

I cried tear drops over the massive attack
I only make hits like I work with a racket and bat

A clip from WrestleMania 26 as Undertaker tombstones Shawn Michaels to end his career …

Look at my jacket and hat
So damn berserk
So down to earth

We see Edge hitting a Spear to John Morrison …

I'm bringing gravity back

Big Show is shown Choke Slamming Kofi Kingston …

Adopted by the major I want my family back
People work hard just to get all their salary taxed

Hall of Fame inductee IRS is shown in his heyday …

Look I'm just a writer from the ghetto like Malorie Blackman
Where the hell's all the sanity at?

Triple H hits a Pedigree to Sheamus and the crowd reaction is shown …

damn

A quick shot of Vince McMahon walking to the ring, another Hall of Fame inductee for WrestleMania 27 …

I used to be the kid that no one cared about

We see Kofi Kingston hitting Trouble in Paradise to Big Show …

That's why you have to keep screaming till they hear you out

… and then CM Punk shouting out to the crowd as he enters – “It’s Clobbering Time!”

Oh written in the stars

John Cena and Randy Orton are shown trading blows at Vengeance …

A million miles away

Wade Barrett lifts the WWE Championship high above his head as Randy Orton looks on …

A message to the main
Oh

Sheamus hits the Brogue Kick to Triple H …

Seasons come and go

We see Justin Gabriel, Daniel Bryan and The Miz all lifting the United States Championship in quick succession …

But I will never change

A shot of the Undertaker on his knees as the screen blares out 18-0 at WrestleMania 26 …

And I'm on my way

Cena is shown pointing to the WrestleMania logo as the video comes to an end …


WRESTLEMANIA 27
42 DAYS AWAY

GCBWM27.png

As the advert for WrestleMania 27 ends, the camera switches backstage to the locker room where we see Triple H recovering from his brutal Elimination Chamber victory. He looks tired and sore but extremely pleased to be heading to WrestleMania to challenge for the WWE Championship as Matt Striker walks in with a microphone …

MATT STRIKER:
Hunter, if I could get a word or two … ?

The Game stands up willing to speak …

MATT STRIKER:
First of all, congratulations on your victory tonight, you are heading …

TRIPLE H: (interrupting)
I get it, Matt, I am heading to WrestleMania and that is a huge deal to you – but not to me. I’ve been in this business a long time and it isn’t about getting to WrestleMania. It’s about winning at WrestleMania. I’ve been lucky in my career, I’ve won at WrestleMania more than I’ve lost at WrestleMania but let me tell you something, I have never experienced highs and lows like those you get at WrestleMania. It’s bigger than anything, the Superbowl, the World Series and the Stanley Cup. It means everything but if you lose …

Triple H shakes his head at the thought …

TRIPLE H:
If you lose, it’s the worst feeling you can ever experience. So, Matt, thanks for the congratulations but I don’t need them. I need to win at WrestleMania.

MATT STRIKER:
At WrestleMania 27, you will challenge for the WWE Championship against the winner of the upcoming match between Wade Barrett and John Morrison. Do you have any preference over who you face?

There is a look of intensity in the eyes of the Cerebral Assassin as he speaks …

TRIPLE H:
The simple answer, Striker, is … No. I don’t care. Whoever I have to face at WrestleMania, the ‘Showcase of the Immortals’, they will bring everything that they have and I will need to be on top of my game to beat them. But I have a warning for both Morrison and Barrett – whichever one of you emerges victorious tonight, you are in deep trouble in six weeks time. Whichever one of you holds the WWE Championship, the title that belongs to me, the title that I was born to hold … I will be ready. I don’t care if it is Wade Barrett or John Morrison, I am going to be the WWE Champion at WrestleMania and I am going to prove to the world that I am still the man around here. I … am … the Game!

Striker backs away as Triple H stares after him, he is pumped and ready for WrestleMania and JR, King and Foley are excited too. King, quoting from the advert prior to Hunter’s words, reminds us that we are 42 days away whilst JR hypes up WrestleMania as the biggest date of the year whether it be sports or entertainment. Foley says that he has wrestled with Triple H at WrestleMania and that he is nigh on unbeatable. He adds that Morrison or Barrett will be up against it from the moment that they get the victory they need tonight …

JUSTIN ROBERTS:
This match is set for one fall … and it is for … the WWE CHAMPIONSHIP!

A big cheer goes around the arena as the WWE Championship logo flashes on the screens at home …

*** AIN’T NO MAKE BELIEVE ***
JohnMorrison.jpg

JOHN MORRISON

First up, the challenger heads out with his shades sparkling in the pyro that lights up around him, his entrance in slo-mo on TV, and his fur coat around his shoulders. Morrison salutes the crowd as JR hypes up his chances here tonight now that Wade Barrett has lost the support of his Nexus colleagues. As Morrison heads down towards the ring, King says that he is the future of the WWE and that this could be the night that he wins the first of many WWE Championships. However, Foley isn’t so sure, he suggests that Morrison has had a tendency to crack in the big matches so far in his career and that this match could be a pivotal turning point in his career. In the ring, Morrison again salutes the crowd before heading out, reminiscent of Bret Hart, to hand his shades over to a fan at ringside as the theme song of the WWE Champion begins …

*** END OF DAYS ***
WadeBarrett.jpg

WADE BARRETT

WWE Champion

New theme music here tonight for the WWE Champion as he saunters out with the WWE Championship strapped around his waist, he looks his usual confident self despite the loss of his insurance policy, and heads for the ring. JR reminds us that Barrett is the first ever British WWE Champion and of the many great British names that failed to just that: British Bulldog, William Regal and Dynamite Kid to name but three. He says that tonight might be the biggest challenge to date for the Brit without his Nexus team. Foley says Barrett should not be underestimated just because he has lost Nexus – he says that Barrett proved in NXT that he was a very talented young star. King hypes up the upcoming title match and its implications for WrestleMania 27 – who will defend the WWE Championship against Triple H in six weeks time? Barrett punches the air and leans over the top rope before holding his WWE Championship high as his music fades out …

JUSTIN ROBERTS:
This match is set for one fall … and it is for the WWE Championship!

A big pop in the crowd for the announcement of the title match …

JUSTIN ROBERTS:
Introducing first, the challenger, from Hollywood, Los Angeles … weighing 215 pounds … JOHN MORRISON!

Huge cheer for the popular young challenger as he holds his hand up in acknowledgement and looks around the arena before focusing his attention on the champion across the ring. Morrison smirks and points towards the title with a look of confidence …

JUSTIN ROBERTS:
And his opponent, from Preston, England … weighing in at 252 pounds … he is the WWE Champion … WADE BARRETT!

Barrett holds the WWE Championship belt high for all to see and mouths off at Morrison, the scene is set and the referee takes the belt before signalling for the bell …

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH:
WADE BARRETT (c) vs. JOHN MORRISON


Two of the younger stars of the WWE are battling over the WWE Championship here and they prove that they are bright talents as they go at it one on one. With the crowd firmly behind Morrison, he starts out fast and has Barrett on the run in the early stages as the Brit tries to avoid the fast paced moves of the ‘Sharman of Sexy’ himself. However, one high flying move too many leads to trouble for Morrison as he misses with a springboard flying Chuck Kick when Barrett ducks it. With Morrison off balance, Barrett smashes him hard with a right hand before a clothesline knocks Morrison down to the mat. He then slows down the pace to a methodical one that suits him more and he takes complete control of the match as he looks to retain his title. Although Morrison is able to fight back with a few flurries of a comeback, Barrett is able to hold on and he looks set to retain his title as we head towards WrestleMania 27.

>>>>> ENDING: However, Morrison refuses to back down. He keeps kicking out of Barrett’s pinfalls and he will not give up on his dream of becoming the WWE Champion. As the match heads past the 10:00 mark, Barrett makes his first big mistake when he pops Morrison into the ropes. As Morrison heads back, Barrett swings at him but Morrison ducks under and comes off the opposite ropes and hits the WWE Champion with a couple of European uppercuts before he springboards off the middle rope and hits a high knee strike that connects with the jaw of Barrett. The crowd come alive as Barrett tumbles back and lands on his back on the mat. Morrison springboards off the ropes again and drops down hard with an elbow drop to Barrett to the delight of the crowd before he hooks the leg, has he done enough for the win?

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BARRETT KICKS OUT! **

Morrison jumps up quickly and positions himself for Barrett getting up. As Barrett slowly gets to his knees, Morrison launches a series of stiff kicks to the shoulders and back of Barrett who is struggling to contain the uprising of Barrett here. Coming off the ropes, Morrison rushes at Barrett who is in a seated position and hits him with a Running Knee to the side of the face. Barrett falls back and looks to be knocked cold, the crowd roar as Morrison drops down one more time and makes the cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BARRETT KICKS OUT AT THE LAST SECOND! **

John Morrison looks to now have the upper hand and the crowd are fully behind him here as he looks for his first major title here in the WWE. With a meeting with Triple H at WrestleMania hanging in the balance, Morrison appears resolute in his intention to finish Barrett here and he stomps down in the gut of the champion. Morrison, quick as a cat, climbs the turnbuckles and stands atop the ropes before diving off … Diving Crossbody! Morrison has taken down Barrett once more, he makes another cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BARRETT KICKS OUT! **

A groan from the crowd as Barrett defends himself again by kicking out. Morrison drags him to his feet and he pops him off into the ropes, he looks to hit a dropkick but Barrett is able to dodge it and he grabs the feet of Morrison and swivels before catapulting the challenger into the corner buckles. With Morrison now wobbling, Barrett launches him into the ropes instead and catches him on his return … Spinning Side Slam! The ring shakes with the impact and JR says that this is it, it is over …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3! NO! MORRISON KICKS OUT SOMEHOW! **

The crowd cheer but Barrett looks infuriated by Morrison’s guts and he starts raining down intense right hands and forearms into the face of the challenger with a look of fury in his eyes. Morrison tries to cover up but he fails and takes a battering before Barrett shouts to him to stay down. He hooks the leg of Morrison …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** MORRISON KICKS OUT AGAIN! **

Barrett complains long and hard to the referee and this allows Morrison time to exit the ring for a breather. As the WWE Champion looks around for his challenger, he drops out of the ring and grabs him as he looks to get to his feet. He slams Morrison shoulder first into the announce table before throwing him back into the ring. The confident look is slowly returning to Wade’s face here and he shouts out to the WWE Universe at ringside. However, as Barrett slides back into the ring, Morrison leaps up quick and surprises him with a dropkick that staggers him backwards. Losing his balance, Barrett falls out of the ring through the ropes and lands with a thud on the mats outside the ring. Morrison follows towards the ropes and then uses the top rope to leap over it and then he springboards from the middle rope to the outside into a Enzuguri that takes the WWE Champion down. The pair of them collide with the timekeeper and Justin Roberts but Morrison continues to fire away at Barrett, he is desperate to get the job done here! JR and King are correctly noting that Morrison could not have taken the match outside the ring had Nexus been here as he pounds away on Barrett. With the referee’s count heading towards 7, Morrison, who does not want a countout result either way here, drags Barrett back towards the ring and he rolls the champion in under the bottom rope. Morrison follows in and realises that Barrett is laid out in the corner, he smirks and looks around at the WWE Universe who cheer their approval for the idea that runs through his mind. Morrison stands in the corner, leaps up … STARSHIP PAIN? No! Barrett dodges out of the way and Morrison crashes down hard to the mat instead as the crowd groan in disappointment! Barrett staggers up to his feet instead and waits … Big Boot! Barrett smashes Morrison in the side of the head with a vicious big boot and he makes the cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** MORRISON KICKS OUT AGAIN! **

Wow! Morrison is fighting hard and Barrett is annoyed with him now. As Morrison gets groggily to his feet, Barrett mutters to himself and he lifts Morrison onto his shoulders, here we go with Wastelands … or do we? No! Morrison wriggles clear and swings his foot round … and connects! Roundhouse Kick! Down goes Wade Barrett, stunned, Morrison waits and waits … Up gets Barrett with help from the buckles, Morrison sneaks up behind him and dropkicks him hard in the back. Barrett’s forehead collides with the turnbuckle and he falls down hard clutching his skull set up one more time perfectly for John Morrison! Here we go … STARSHIP PAIN! MORRISON CONNECTS WITH STARSHIP PAIN! The crowd are going wild now and it seems that we will be having a new WWE Champion! Morrison hooks the leg, it is surely over …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

Yes! Yes! Yes! John Morrison is the new WWE Champion! Or is he? No! The referee signals that Barrett reached out and he has hold of the bottom rope, the referee explains this to Morrison who looks traumatised by the news, as the crowd realise that they do not have a new WWE Champion … yet! Morrison pleads with the referee but he refuses to budge on his decision here. Replays air that prove the referee was correct and Barrett did reach out to hold the rope and save himself. Morrison turns and looks down on Barrett who is on his knees trying to get to his feet, he resolves himself and steels himself for a renewed attack. He drops an elbow across the lower back of Barrett and then hits a standing shooting star press to the WWE Champion. Morrison jumps up quickly and looks out into the audience again – he goes for Starship Pain again but Barrett is able to dodge once more. Morrison lands awkwardly on the mat this time, face down, he gets up slowly and then Barrett lifts him high up and onto his shoulders. Morrison wriggles as he tries to escape but … WASTELANDS! WASTELANDS CONNECTS! Has Barrett retained his title?

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

WINNER: WADE BARRETT (13:37)

Boos echo around the arena but that doesn’t bother the WWE Champion as he rolls out of the ring with his hand held high. The referee, carrying the WWE Championship, rushes up the aisle to him and hands him the title before raising his hand as well. JR asks King if Barrett has just proved that he is a worthy WWE Champion and King suggests that his performance tonight, without Nexus, was more impressive but that Morrison, on another night, could have beat him especially if he’d thought to move Barrett inches into the middle of the ring after he hit Starship Pain. Foley suggests that Barrett has a lot of work to do to prove himself a worthy WWE Champion – but he suggests that a victory over the Game, Triple H, at WrestleMania 27 in six weeks time would go a long way to proving that! JR confirms that the match is now in place – WrestleMania 27, WWE Championship on the line: Wade Barrett, the WWE Champion, defends the title against Triple H once again, as he did at the Rumble, with the Game desperate to punish Barrett’s misdemeanours with his Nexus team in the past. JR points out that there has been no sign of Nexus in the match tonight and says that it appears that Barrett’s split from Nexus is now confirmed as the camera focuses on Barrett, stood in the entrance area and holding the title belt up again. In the ring, Morrison looks disappointed but King says that the future is bright for him and that he truly believes that John Morrison will soon be a WWE Champion here.

The camera switches backstage where we see the medical room and several medical officials looking worried as they examine Miz. JR throws to a replay of the Elimination Chamber contest that opened the night and shows the moment where Triple H, the man who went on to win the RAW Chamber match, hit the Pedigree on the Money in the Bank contract holder on the steel that surrounded the ring. JR suggests that Miz is suffering from what looks like a severe concussion as the medical people seem to make a decision. Miz, laid on the stretcher, is wheeled out of the room and towards a waiting ambulance which is ready to leave. He is loaded into the back of the ambulance and the doors close before the ambulance speeds out of the arena taking Miz with it.
 
GCBECHAMBER.png

(CONTINUED)

Back at ringside, the cameras focus on JR, King and Foley who are sat at the announce table. JR reminds us of the first two names that have been announced for the 2011 Class of the WWE Hall of Fame: former WWE owner and chairman, Vince McMahon; followed by the former Tag Team Champion, Irwin R. Schyster (aka Mike Rotundo). JR announces that it is time to announce who will be the third man to be inducted into the Hall of Fame will be …

[YOUTUBE]D9vkaMGSwv4[/YOUTUBE]
Don’t you just hate it when the WWE steal your thunder for real?! Ignore the 2013 part – it is 2011 of course.

HOFBacklund.jpg

Huge applause through the arena as the great Bob Backlund, a truly unique member of the WWE Universe, is finally recognised and inducted into the WWE Hall of Fame. JR reminisces about the days when Backlund held the title for six years up to December 1983 whilst King reminds us that Backlund returned in 1992 and captured the WWE Championship from Bret Hart in late 1994 thanks to his infamous Cross Face Chicken Wing move. Foley says that Backlund deserves his place in the Hall of Fame and bets that he has a few long, hard to understand words to describe his emotions right now! The cameras switch backstage where we see Josh Matthews stood waiting …

JOSH MATTHEWS:
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time … JOHN CENA!

Huge boos around the arena as a smirking John Cena comes into shot …

JOSH MATTHEWS:
John, we just saw the announcement that Bob Backlund, a true gentleman of wrestling and one of the greatest of all time, is to be inducted into the WWE Hall of Fame. A few months ago, the WWE Universe believed that you were a definite to enter the Hall of Fame later in your career but in the past few months, many have changed their opinion. My question is, John, will a Royal Rumble win, a victory over Randy Orton tonight and then a World Championship victory at WrestleMania be enough for you to deserve your place in the Hall of Fame?

Cena laughs at the question …

JOHN CENA:
Josh, when I win tonight and then at WrestleMania, it will indeed be the greatest set of victories ever seen here in the WWE. Whilst Bob Backlund is deservedly heading into the Hall of Fame, let us face facts about his reign as the WWE Champion. He held the title for nearly six years, count ‘em, six years. (Cena holds up six fingers) Why could he do that? Was it because he was one of the greatest wrestlers of all time?

Cena looks to Matthews who nods but then – to the annoyance of the crowd – Cena shakes his head.

JOHN CENA:
No! No way, Josh. The reason that Backlund could hold the title for that length of time was because he had nobody to beat!

Loud jeers for Cena’s disrespectful comments and JR interrupts on the commentary to apologise for Cena’s comments …

JOHN CENA:
He had no competition so he held the title for almost six years. He didn’t have to face Dave Batista at WrestleMania 26 … (Cheers) … He didn’t have the WWE Universe demanding that he get his ass kicked by Wade Barrett and Nexus every night for three months in order to defend the WWE, did he? (More jeers) He didn’t have to face Randy Orton … (Cheers for Orton’s name) … or 29 other men in a Royal Rumble! He did none of those things and he didn’t ever face a guy like Orton in a Last Man Standing match either …

More cheers for the mention of the ‘Last Man Standing’ stipulation chosen by Orton.

JOHN CENA:
You see, Bob Backlund is going into the Hall of Fame but he is from a different era to me. He is from an era when keeping the title for six years was normal. I head into Last Man Standing tonight, six weeks before WrestleMania and my shot at the World Championship, to face Orton in a barbaric, brutal match – with nothing whatsoever on the line. The best I can do is win, the worst I can do is lose, get injured and miss WrestleMania. I have everything to lose.

Despite his words, Cena appears quite upbeat.

JOHN CENA:
Except that isn’t quite true, is it? I do have something to fight for tonight … Respect. I have told you before, I gave everything for those people out there in the WWE Universe, people like these idiots here in Detroit …

A predictable boo goes up from the WWE Universe here in the Joe Louis Arena …

JOHN CENA:
I fought off and retired Dave Batista, I battled against Wade Barrett’s Nexus for weeks and weeks in the name of the WWE Universe, in the name of ‘Hustle, Loyalty and Respect’ … but nobody showed me any respect. I attended ‘Make a Wish’ appointments every week, I signed autographs, I saluted the fans and I left it all in the ring for them every single night. Yet, what did I get in return?

A flicker of anger in the eyes of Cena …

JOHN CENA:
Boos. Everywhere I went … Boos! (Boos echo around the arena now) What started as a small minority that I could ignore turned into a vocal majority that refused to even vote for me to challenge for the WWE Championship at Cyber Sunday. But now, now the boos are deserved and Detroit, I want you to boo me like you’ve never booed anybody before in your useless lives …

Detroit responds with a huge boo and jeer for the Rumble winner …

JOHN CENA:
Boo me because now, now, now I deserve it. Now, I deserve to be booed. I’m the man who lost Randy Orton the WWE Championship, I’m the man who denied him regaining it the following night. I’m the man who pulled out all the stops to defeat Orton at Vengeance, I’m the guy you hate that won the Rumble. While you boo me now, I stick two fingers back up at you, I am the greatest WWE superstar of my generation, I am the possibly the greatest of all time and Bob Backlund is not fit to lace my boots!

What a sign of disrespect this is from Cena, there is genuine anger in the arena over Cena’s comments as JR mutters “Wow!” about them.

JOHN CENA:
Since I turned my back on every single one of you, since I gave up giving a damn what you thought, I have beaten Orton over and over again, I have won the Rumble and tonight, right here in front of your very eyes, I will beat Orton again before heading on to WrestleMania 27 to become the World Heavyweight Champion. And do you know what Detroit? Do you know what WWE Universe? Do you know what you can do about it?

Cena stares into the camera …

JOHN CENA:
Absolutely … nothing. Randy Orton says he will end my WrestleMania dream here tonight? I say that I will defeat your new hero one more time, I will become World Champion in six weeks and I might even hold on to it for nearly six years. Because Detroit … and all of the rest of you …

Cena waves his hand in front of his eyes …

JOHN CENA:
You can’t see me.

Boos echo around the arena as Cena shoots a contemptuous look at Josh Matthews before leaving with his intent clear. The camera heads back to the ring ready for the next match tonight …

*** INSATIABLE ***
Layla.jpg

LAYLA

A small pop as the diminutive former Divas Champion, Layla, heads out from backstage and into the pink and purple spotlights that signal her entrance. She jogs towards the ring, slapping hands with the fans in the aisle before stepping up over the top rope and saluting the crowd with a flash of her beautiful figure. She continues to wave around the arena as JR reminds us of how this match came about – Maryse defeated Layla back before the Royal Rumble on NXT to win the Divas Championship so Layla was given her rematch against the French Canadian here tonight …

*** POURQUOI? ***
Maryse.jpg

MARYSE

Divas Champion

The smouldering hot Maryse now heads out with the Divas Championship belt buckled around her waist and she walks confidently to the ring, holding her hand out to show the fans they are beneath her, where she climbs through the ropes and comes face to face with Layla. However, JR now reminds us that the pair of them have been out injured since the Rumble due to a backstage attack from none other than Layla’s former Laycool partner, Michelle McCool. A replay is shown and we see how McCool, with her associate Kharma, attacked the Divas Champion and the former Divas Champion and caused both women to need hospital treatment.

*** YOU’RE NOT ENOUGH FOR ME ***
MichelleMcCool.jpg

MICHELLE McCOOL

(w/Kharma)

JR continues the tale and he suggests that McCool has WWE owner Chip Butty wrapped around her little finger as he reminds us that Butty gave McCool chance to muscle in on the Divas Championship match here tonight. Foley takes over and tells us of McCool’s impressive wins on NXT and that her unbeaten run, not entirely her own work, has earned her a spot in the match tonight and makes it a Triple Threat. King says he can see why Butty is willing to do favours for Michelle but then says he doesn’t understand how he can justify it at the expense of Layla and Maryse! That brings JR on to the secretive conversations between McCool and Butty regarding WrestleMania and her challenge to somebody which has been accepted on the condition that McCool is the Divas Champion by then. Michelle is in the ring now with the menacing presence of Kharma outside snarling as she looks up at Layla and Maryse who look concerned by her. The referee holds up Maryse’s Divas Championship and then signals for the bell …

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH:
MARYSE (c) vs. LAYLA vs. MICHELLE McCOOL (W/Kharma)


Straight from the bell, Layla and Maryse fist-bump and rush at McCool, both ladies are out for revenge. In the early stages, McCool takes a bitter beating from the Divas Champion and her former Laycool partner with the menacing presence of Kharma on the outside, several times denied entry to the ring by the referee, stalking up and down and sizing the pair of them up. With Michelle down and in real trouble, she rolls out of the ring to the outside of the ropes but Maryse fires a big boot into the side of her face and knocks her off the apron where she lands on Kharma and both fall down to the floor with a thud. This allows Layla and Maryse to turn their attentions to each other and they begin to wrestle – Maryse wanting to successfully defend the title, Layla desperate to regain it.

>>>>> ENDING: After near falls for both Layla and Maryse, the match takes a twist when Michelle McCool returns to the ring. Groggy from her earlier beatdown, Layla kicks her in the gut … LAYOUT! LAYLA HITS HER LAYOUT NECKBREAKER TO McCOOL! McCool is down on the mat and she looks beaten. Layla hooks the leg; could we have a new Divas Champion here?

** 1 **
** 2 **
** MARYSE BREAKS THE COUNT! **

Tension between Layla and Maryse surfaces as the sultry French Canadian tells Layla that she is the champion and she should leave her to make the pin. Layla, naturally, does not agree and she argues back and it descends into a shoving match. Maryse swings a clothesline attempt at Layla but she ducks it and uses her feet to knock Maryse down with a swift kick to the ribs. However, McCool, playing a little possum it appears, surprises Layla with a roll up …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** LAYLA RECOVERS JUST IN TIME! **

Layla swings wildly at McCool but misses, McCool hits the ropes and takes Layla down with a modified Lou Thesz press before ragging her up and down with the hair, crashing the back of Layla’s head up and down against the mat. Maryse returns to the action though and she aims another kick at McCool that smashes her hard in the face and knocks her down. Maryse drags Layla up and sets up … FRENCH KISS! MARYSE HITS THE FRENCH KISS TO LAYLA! Will she retain her title here? Maryse covers Layla nonchalantly with a look of arrogance on her face …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** McCOOL SAVES LAYLA! **

A shot to the back of Maryse’s head from McCool, she drags her up and shoves her into and through the ropes. Maryse falls to the floor as McCool turns her attention back towards Layla in the ring. She picks up the damaged Layla, positions her head between her knees and lifts her upside down. Hooking her arms with her legs, McCool has her former Laycool buddy set up … FAITH BREAKER! McCOOL TAKES OUT LAYLA WITH THE FAITHBREAKER! Layla’s face smashes down into the mat and McCool rolls her over and hooks the leg whilst Maryse, spotting the danger, looks to get into the ring and make the save. However, Kharma sneaks up behind her, out of the referee’s view, and drags her off the apron and slams her back first into the barricades …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

WINNER (New Divas Champion): MICHELLE McCOOL (05:25)

Boos and jeers echo around the arena as Michelle screams in delight at her latest Divas Championship victory. The referee hands her the Divas Championship as Maryse looks on from the outside of the ring, sat against the barricades, an angry look on her face. She gets up and takes a step towards the ring but Kharma is still in the vicinity and Maryse, realising her danger, steps off and holds her hands up. She slinks towards the aisle instead and away, she is going to wait for another day to take revenge on McCool. Kharma steps up the ring steps and joins Michelle in the ring as she celebrates to the annoyance of the crowd. McCool demands that Kharma cause more damage to Layla and her music stops as the behemoth Divas heads towards the fallen Brit. Dragging Layla up by the hair, kicking and screaming, Kharma shoves her back against the turnbuckles and gets right into her face with a threatening look. Layla, gutsy as ever, tries to kick out at Kharma and she surprises her with a kick to the knee that stumbles Kharma for a second. However, she is now angered and she begins to pound away at Layla with vicious, clubbing forearms. Layla looks like a rag doll as she is dragged around the ring, Kharma delivering the beating and McCool yelping at her about revenge and the Divas Championship. Michelle points at the middle turnbuckle and Kharma understands; she lifts herself up so she is stood on the middle rope and the crowd gasp as Michelle moves Layla towards her and they realise what is coming. As the tension builds, suddenly …

*** TIME TO ROCK AND ROLL ***
TrishStratus.jpg

TRISH STRATUS

The crowd rise to their feet in delight as the legendary Trish Stratus rushes out into the arena and heads towards the ring. Kharma and McCool look on stunned and they decide to take a hike for now and fight another day. As Trish slides into the ring to the aid of Layla, Kharma and McCool sneak around the ring instead and they head towards the aisle with Michelle looking delighted with her night’s work. She holds the Divas Championship up high and points at Trish as she stands over Layla glaring down at her. McCool nods her head and continues to shake the Divas Championship and things are becoming a little clearer here. Trish summons for a microphone so she can address McCool …

TRISH STRATUS:
Hey, Michelle, you know that challenge you had Chip Butty contact me about? Well, guess what?

Cheers from the crowd, they now realise what is happening here.

TRISH STRATUS:
WrestleMania 27, Divas Championship … YOU’RE ON!

The crowd pop for the announcement, Trish Stratus is returning to the ring at WrestleMania to challenge Michelle McCool for the Divas Championship! As the crowd cheer, it isn’t only the WWE Universe who are happy – the camera catches a smiling reaction from McCool outside the ring as she nods her head to Kharma.

TRISH STRATUS:
And if you think I am afraid of you or that poor excuse for a Diva that is protecting you, you need to think again. At WrestleMania, Michelle … You’re going to get your ass kicked!

Trish’s music restarts and JR, King and Foley excitedly hype up the match for WrestleMania 27, the first one confirmed so far: MICHELLE McCOOL vs. TRISH STRATUS for the Divas Championship. Foley worries that Trish may be making a mistake and underestimating the power of McCool’s partner in crime right now in Kharma but King says that Trish is a legend, she will find a way to deal with Kharma. Trish helps Layla up to her feet and checks that she is OK before the two divas hug it out before the camera switches backstage where we find Wade Barrett walking, carrying an ice pack that is pressed to his ribs, but still carrying the WWE Championship in his other hand. He walks around a corner and there, stood in a line in his path, are his former Nexus colleagues: Heath Slater, Ezekiel Jackson, David Otunga and Skip Sheffield. They stand with their arms folded and survey Barrett who looks on a little uneasy …

WADE BARRETT:
Good evening, gentlemen. You will notice that … (Barrett raises the WWE Championship belt up a little) … I am still the WWE Champion. It appears that Wade Barrett doesn’t need the Nexus.

DAVID OTUNGA:
We saw what you did tonight, Wade. We’re impressed. You managed to defeat John Morrison, a dangerous opponent, without our assistance. You showed the world that you are a worthy WWE Champion.

EZEKIEL JACKSON:
Not only did you defeat Morrison, you booked your place at WrestleMania 27, your first ever WrestleMania – and you’re heading into the main event as the champion.

HEATH SLATER:
That’s an amazing achievement, baby! The main event of WrestleMania, wooo!

SKIP SHEFFIELD:
We meant what we said, Wade. There was nothing personal about it, it was simply time for you to go out there and prove yourself without us. You move on, we move on. We now intend to follow your lead and secure ourselves a spot at WrestleMania as well.

Barrett looks bewildered by the comments but he listens to them intently.

WADE BARRETT:
You know what? I think you might have done me a favour, actually. I didn’t need you out …

Skip Sheffield steps forward towards Barrett and interrupts him …

SKIP SHEFFIELD:
Don’t say something you’ll regret though, Wade. Don’t ever forget that, without us, you would never have won that title in the first place.

DAVID OTUNGA:
We won the title for you …

HEATH SLATER:
And baby, you’d better believe we could lose that title for you as well.

EZEKIEL JACKSON:
You always said it, Wade. You’re either Nexus …

All four members of Nexus place their heads closer to Barrett as if they are trying to intimidate him …

ALL NEXUS:
… Or you’re against us.

Nexus walk past Barrett and exit the shot as the camera focuses on Barrett’s face, he looks slightly concerned over the words of his former buddies there. The camera switches back to the ring and focuses on the announce table where JR, King and Foley are sat looking on. JR introduces the video package for the upcoming match and hypes it up as a battle for supremacy in the WWE, a battle to be recognised as the WWE’s finest and one of the most personal rivalries of all time …
 
GCBECHAMBER.png

(CONTINUED)

*** START VIDEO ***

With the Elimination Chamber theme song, Ignition by Toby Mack, playing, clips are shown to remind us of the rivalry that has developed between Cena and Orton and will come to a head tonight …

CYBER SUNDAY 2010
Wade Barrett, having defeated John Cena at No Mercy, has his first WWE Championship opportunity as he goes up against Randy Orton.
John Cena is desperate for another chance to earn a shot at the title due to the interference of the Nexus
At Cyber Sunday, the WWE Universe refuse to vote Cena into the match
Cena almost costs Orton the title when he hits an Atttiude Adjustment to the Viper
Orton manages, somehow, to hit the RKO and defeat Barrett to retain his title!

SURVIVOR SERIES
With tension growing, RAW General Manager Shawn Michaels forces Cena and Orton to team up at Survivor Series to face Nexus
HBK shocks the world by putting the WWE Championship on the line – if Nexus win, Barrett is the WWE Champion
Despite the efforts of Orton and the Hart Dynasty, Cena is defeated when Gabriel hits the 450 Splash
Wade Barrett is the new WWE Champion – and Orton wasn’t even defeated!

RAW THE FOLLOWING NIGHT …
Randy Orton faces Wade Barrett in singles competition, a rematch for the WWE Championship
Despite the Nexus interference, Orton has the upper hand … until Cena strikes again with an AA
Barrett gets the pin and retains the WWE Championship
As Orton looks for revenge on Cena, SMACKDOWN General Manager Teddy Long appears to draft Cena to SMACKDOWN!

VENGEANCE
Clips of Cena and Orton’s match are shown as both men battle and attempt to destroy each other
We see Orton hit the RKO and appear to have the match won – but then decide to go for the Punt instead
Cena surprises Orton with a roll up and use of the tights to get the win!

ROYAL RUMBLE
Highlights of the epic battles between Cena and Orton during the Rumble match as Orton appears at #1, Cena at #26
We see their backstage brawl and Cena’s brutal FU to Orton on the concrete floor
Cena begins to dominate the Rumble … but then here comes Orton back out to join the Rumble again
Last two men are Cena and Orton, who will win it? Cena, with a little help from Kurt Angle, is able to pull it out
John Cena is going to WrestleMania 27 to challenge for the World Championship!

More clips of the two men clashing on RAW and SMACKDOWN, including Cena’s admission that he deliberately lost the title for Orton, are shown before we hear Orton’s announcement about it being LAST MAN STANDING!

*** END VIDEO ***

The camera returns to the ring ready for one of the biggest matches of 2011 – even at this early stage!

*** VOICES ***
RandyOrton.jpg

RANDY ORTON

The crowd here in Detroit erupt as the music of the popular Viper hits and he slowly, methodically walks out and looks around the WWE Universe that are cheering his arrival. Orton looks to be snarling as he makes his way towards the ring, he is pumped up and ready to destroy his nemesis, Cena, here tonight – a fact that Lawler points out. Foley says that Orton is one of the most impressive men he has ever seen in the WWE and that he, despite their troubles of the past, recognises how talented this man is. JR discusses Orton’s credentials and claims that without, what we now know was deliberate, Cena’s loss to Gabriel at Survivor Series, the Viper would probably still be the WWE Champion. Orton slithers into the ring and steps up onto the middle ropes to hit his ‘Destiny’ pose as the flashlights from hundreds of cameras pop. An incredible ovation for Orton and the crowd seem to be fully behind him as his music fades and there is a tense drop in the noise level as Orton waits … and waits …

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***
JohnCena.jpg

JOHN CENA

Royal Rumble 2011 Winner

The cheers for Orton turn into a vile hatred for the man once known as the “Face of the WWE” as he heads out with a smirk on his face. John Cena looks around the arena from the entrance area and smirks as he waves his hand over his face, he is showing the crowd that he doesn’t give a damn whether they like him or not and he is heard, by the camera nearby, proclaiming that the “WWE Universe can kiss my ass!” before he heads for the ring. However, he does not perform his usual slide into the ring under the bottom rope; Orton is stood watching him intently and looks set to attack him the minute he gets in the ring. Instead, Cena stops and stares at Orton as if daring him to come out of the ring after him. JR says that in six weeks time, Cena will challenge the World Champion, whoever that may be at the end of tonight, at WrestleMania 27 and says that Cena needs tonight’s match to pass off without injury with the biggest match of his career up ahead. However, King says that the time for a nice, simple match between these two has long passed – he thinks that Orton is intent on beating Cena so badly that he cannot make it to WrestleMania! Foley says that Cena is on an incredible roll right now and that he seems to be picking up more and more momentum, apart from his defeat to Morrison nine days ago, as he heads towards the big one in six weeks. However, Foley cautions that if Cena believes he can simply overcome the obstacle of Orton tonight without risk of harm, he should think again. Cena continues to glare and mouth off at Orton from outside the ring, he is clearly trying to get into the head of the Viper … who suddenly seems to snap. He leaps towards the ropes and through them, he jumps down and barrages into Cena throwing wild right hands as the crowd scream and shout and the referee, realising there is no way he can get them both in the ring first, signals for the bell and the match is begun …

LAST MAN STANDING MATCH:
JOHN CENA vs. RANDY ORTON


Wildly swinging, both men seek to pummel the hell out of each other as the crowd are on their feet excited over this eagerly awaited clash. His fury coming to the surface, Orton is the man who manages to get on top as he staggers Cena back against the barricades and continues to smash him with a balled up right hand over and over. The Rumble winner covers up a little as Orton pounds him in the face, the fury in Orton is clear. Ducking under a right hand, Cena stumbles towards the ring to escape Orton and he rolls into the ring. The Viper advances after him but it is a ploy from Cena; he stomps the head of Orton as he slides under the bottom rope and into the ring. Buying himself some time, Cena stomps Orton a few more times before leaving the ring and putting some distance between him and his nemesis. However, Orton recovers quickly and heads out of the ring, stalking Cena, an intense look in his cold, blue eyes. Cena leads Orton a dance around the ring, refusing to get close to the Viper, before heading back into the ring. As Orton slides back in, Cena again tries to stomp him but Orton catches Cena’s foot and tips him over and he crashes down on his back. Cheers go up from the crowd as Orton leaps on top of Cena and begins to strike him again and again, Cena covering up once more, Orton is like a crazed animal here that has been unleashed on his taunter.

For the early stages of the match, this pattern continues with Orton looking to destroy his adversary. It is clear that he is intent on destroying Cena’s WrestleMania plans; he is raining right hands down all over the face of Cena. However, it is not enough to keep Cena down for the 10 and Orton is forced to resort to desperate measures … RKO! ORTON HITS AN RKO ON CENA! The referee’s count makes it to 8 but Cena, battling hard and determined to keep up his momentum ahead of WrestleMania, manages to get to his feet on wobbly legs. Orton continues his domination until Cena strikes with a low blow that catches the Viper off guard and swings the tide back towards him. Cena begins his usual routine; shoulder blocks followed by a Protoplex that crashes Orton down on his back. FIVE KNUCKLE SHUFFLE! Cena insults the fans with taunts before dropping his fist down onto the face of Orton and then he stands back and waits … FU! CENA HITS THE FU ON ORTON! Down goes the Viper, he rolls out of the ring but the referee is counting … We get to 8 again before Orton, holding on to the ropes, pulls himself up outside the ring and the match continues.

The match now takes a violent turn as the two men, realising that their usual moves are not going to work, begin to pull out all of the stops. Steel chairs and kendo sticks enter the match first as Cena begins to destroy Orton and gets several 6, 7 and 8 counts until Orton manages to catch the kendo stick and he turns it back on Cena. The crowd are loving it as Orton beats Cena to a pulp but, like Cena, he is unable to keep his opponent down. The pair of them battle down the aisle and around the stage area as they beat the living daylights out of each other; the screens are used by Orton to ram Cena shoulder first into them before he uses a stage trunk to hit a devastating hangman DDT that crashes Cena down head first to the floor. It appears to be over but, again, Cena is up just in time. Cena manages to reverse Orton as he looks to whip him into the screens once more and then uses the steel titantron supports to smash Orton’s head into over and over. With so much brutality all over the arena here, it is a wonder that either man is able to stand never mind keep getting up to meet the 10 count but they do. Eventually, the action spills back towards the ring and both men, battered and bruised, roll back in and hit the ropes … double clothesline, both men are down. The referee begins a count but Orton, the aggressor again at this point, is up first and he has a glint in his eyes. He hangs Cena up on the ropes with his feet and crashes him down in another DDT before dropping down to his knees and punching the ring in preparation … RKO! ANOTHER RKO FROM ORTON! The referee begins the count but Cena starts to show signs of life at 7 and Orton prepares again … RKO! A SECOND RKO! Surely that is enough? No, Cena begins to stir and pulls himself up just in time. Orton shakes his head and grabs the steel chair … BAM! Cena goes down in stages but the crowd are loving it and it appears to be swinging towards an Orton win now. With Cena face down, Orton goes wild with the chair and starts crashing it down on the back of Cena, this is the madman that Cena’s actions have created in the last few months. A look of intense aggression in his eyes, Orton places the chair down folded on the mat and waits and prepares for Cena to get up as the referee counts again … Orton is setting up for an RKO on the chair! Will this finish it?

WAIT A MINUTE!!!!

MichaelCole-GM.jpg

>>>>> ENDING:Attention turns towards the aisle as the SMACKDOWN General Manager Michael Cole begins to make his way towards the ring. Orton looks at him with a look of disgust, what the hell does he want? Orton pummels the mat once more as he looks to remain focused and hit the RKO … However, as Cena gets to his knees, Cole shouts to him through the ropes and Cena, a little bit of awareness forming on his face, rolls away to the corner and looks round at Orton who looks annoyed with it all. Cole slides into the ring and gives Cena a pep talk in the corner as the crowd wait with anticipation … Orton is looking over at Cole with a strange look on his face as he prepares to do some more damage. Orton creeps up on Cole and then grabs him by the back of his collar and lifts him up. Orton forces Cole back into the corner and gets right in his face but Cena rushes over and leaps at the back of Orton. BAM! Orton moves and Cena collides with Cole instead, Cole is dazed and Cena shocked; OLYMPIC SLAM! ORTON HITS THE OLYMPIC SLAM TO CENA! The crowd are on their feet now as Orton shoves Cole out of the ring using his foot and Cole falls out of the ring under the bottom rope. Cena staggers over towards the corner and his struggling as Orton lifts him up and sits him on the top buckle facing out towards the crowd. He climbs up onto the middle rope behind Cena and tries to lift him up for a back suplex but Cena fights back. A punch contest begins on the turnbuckles but Cena cannot cope as he has taken a beating in the last few minutes. Orton manages to win control before he hooks Cena’s head under his arm … SUPERPLEX FROM THE TOP ROPE! Both men are down but Cena is writhing in pain as the referee’s count begins.

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **
** 4 **
** 5 **
** 6 **
** 7 **
** 8 **

Cena is back up at 8, wobbling and groggy, using the ropes to hold himself. Orton is stood behind him grinning but then Cole gets back into the ring and starts arguing with the referee to annoy Orton once more. As he argues with the referee, Cole drops a steel chain down on the mat surreptitiously before Cena again takes his chance to recuperate and he rolls out of the ring for refuge as Orton tries to get to Cole. The referee holds him back as Cole taunts Orton and tells him he will be fired if he touches him. Suddenly, there is a big roar as somebody heads out and down towards the ring …

ShawnMichaels-GM.jpg

Here comes the RAW General Manager! Shawn Michaels rushes out towards the ring and he slides under the bottom rope as Orton watches on. The referee moves Orton back as he tries to stop him getting to Cole … SUPERKICK! MICHAELS LEVELS COLE WITH A SUPERKICK! The crowd go mental as Cole’s head snaps back and he is laid out on the mat. HBK lifts him up and tosses him through the ropes to the outside of the ring before looking back towards the Viper who nods his head to him in thanks. Respect! It looks as if Orton’s issues with HBK are over here tonight. HBK grabs Cole as he exits and he starts dragging him towards the entrance way and out of the match which he has tried to interfere in when suddenly, a shadow appears from the entrance …

SPEAR! IT’S EDGE! SPEAR TO SHAWN MICHAELS!

Unbelievable! Both General Managers are laid out in the entrance area whilst Edge, a look of fury in his eyes, looks down on HBK and the destruction he has just caused. Boos ring out around the arena as Edge, looking round at the WWE Universe in disdain, backs away, the damage done. Back in the ring, Orton is looking out at the mess and carnage … BAM! Cena smashes Orton in the face as he turns round and we see that Cena has the steel chain wrapped around his fist! Orton struggles back up as Cena pulls back and waits … BAM! A second chain shot to the face! Orton is out cold here and the crowd are livid with what has happened. Cena throws down the chain and lifts Orton off the mat to break the referee’s latest count … FU! CENA HITS THE FU TO A UNCONCIOUS ORTON! The crowd are in shock as the referee’s count begins again …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **
** 4 **
** 5 **
** 6 **
** 7 **

Orton starts to pull himself up on the ropes, Cena threatens to go for him but the referee holds him back. Whilst distracted by Cena, Cole is back up and he has the chain wrapped around his fist now as well … BAM! Cole leaps up on the apron and smashes Cole in the face once more before leaping down quickly as the referee turns back around …

** 8 **
** 9 **
** 10 **

WINNER: JOHN CENA (21:37)

Boos and jeers echo around the arena as Cena celebrates wildly, he leaps up on the ropes and taunts the crowd as his music blares out around the arena. Michael Cole, the man who helped Cena to the victory, smirks as he walks away and up the aisle to return to the back – he may have eaten Sweet Chin Music, he may have walked into an RKO but his SMACKDOWN superstar was able to pull out the victory and carry on his incredible roll with another victorious night over RAW’s Randy Orton. Cena, stood on the middle rope, points up at the WrestleMania logo hanging in the rafters and he points to his head before signalling that he will soon be the World Heavyweight Champion as well – and there is nothing the WWE Universe can do about it. However, the crowd appear to be anticipating something and as Cena jumps back off the ropes to leave, he turns … RKO! ORTON HITS AN RKO ON CENA! The crowd roar their approval as Cena’s music ends and the Viper looks down on the fallen victor of the match. His ice cold eyes look around the WWE Universe as they cheer and applaud his decision to strike again. There is a clear disappointment in his eyes, he is devastated to have been defeated by his nemesis here tonight. Blinking the sweat out of his eyes, Orton look down once more at Cena and an evil grin starts to spread across his face. He steps back and drops to his knees … Orton is setting up for another RKO! He begins to pound the mat in anticipation as Cena begins to recover slightly. The excitement is building in the arena as Orton pounds the mat. Cena gets to his knees, looking groggy and anything but the winner of the match, Orton steps up and waits … RKO! RKO! More huge cheers echo around the Joe Louis Arena, the crowd are delighted to see Cena flat out after his recent antics. They begin to chant “One more time! One more time!” as Orton blinks and stares around the ring. He still looks pi$$ed off and he looks to still be contemplating something. As Cena begins to show some signs of life again, Orton suddenly retreats to the corner and grabs the ropes. He is hulking up in the corner, pulling and stretching at the ropes, he is setting up for a Punt to Cena!

JIM ROSS:
Oh my goodness, King! What is Orton thinking of here?!

JERRY LAWLER:
Yes, yes! This will be amazing! Orton is going to shut Cena up once and for all …

MICK FOLEY:
JR! WrestleMania! If Orton does this, Cena has no chance of going to WrestleMania and challenging for the title!

The crowd are getting to their feet, desperate to see Orton deliver lasting vengeance towards Cena, they chant and clap as Orton waits … and waits … Cena is on his knees and raises his head up. Orton’s eyes bulge with intensity and he is ready to strike. He steps away from the corner and pulls back his right foot ready to smash Cena’s head into oblivion …

JIM ROSS:
Wait a minute!

As Orton steps forward, he is stopped in his tracks when a figure slides into the ring and tackles him down to the mat. It’s …

KurtAngle.jpg


KURT ANGLE!

Orton is shocked completely and jumps up quickly … He spins round and straight into the path of his attacker … ANGLE SLAM! ANGLE SLAM! Orton’s back, already hurt during the Last Man Standing Match, crashes down hard on the mat and the crowd jeer at Angle’s decision to interrupt. The attack allows Cena to slink out of the ring and he manages to back away, struggling, up the aisle and away from danger. As Orton writhes in pain, Angle stands over him looking down with an intense glare on his face. He quickly rips his t-shirt over his head and stands there with just his red jogging bottoms on as JR, King and Foley question why he has decided to attack Orton – a man with whom he had had little previous other than there short confrontation earlier this evening. Angle reaches down and grabs the ankle of the Viper … ANKLE LOCK! ANGLE LOCKS IN THE ANKLE LOCK TO ORTON! Orton writhes in pain again, Angle is obliterating his ankle now and pulling and twisting it as if he intends to break it in two. Officials spill into the ring but they are unable to break the Ankle Lock that the Olympian has locked in on Orton. Yelling out, Angle continues to apply the pressure, “Tap! Tap! Tap!” he cries and, in the end, Orton is forced to tap out to try and convince Angle to break it!


JERRY LAWLER:
Orton is tapping! I can’t remember ever seeing the Viper tap before!

With Orton finally tapping out, Angle smirks and releases the Ankle Lock. As officials drop down beside Orton, including doctors, Angle steps back looking incredibly proud of his actions. He climbs to the middle rope and he looks around the WWE Universe who continue to shower him with jeers and boos. With Cena now safely backstage, Angle is the villain of the piece. He is loving that fact though and he holds his arms wide and gives the crowd the ‘Come on!’ as Orton is helped out of the ring and onto a stretcher. As he is wheeled around the ring and down the aisle, Angle waves him on his way and then taunts the crowd a little more as JR continues to hype the situation up and inform the world that Angle has destroyed Orton here tonight ... As the camera zooms in on Angle’s grinning face, we fade out into an advert …
 
GCBECHAMBER.png

(CONTINUED)

*** START VIDEO ***

Images and clips of the famous Summerslam 1992 PPV, held in Wembley Stadium in England, are shown along with the commentary of Gorilla Monsoon and Bobby Heenan as they commentate on the matches that were held that night. We see highlights of Macho Man vs. Ultimate Warrior for the WWF, sorry, WWE Championship; Undertaker’s infamous entrance in a funeral hearse and his subsequent match with Kamala; we see the legendary Legion of Doom riding their way down towards the ring on Harley Davidsons; and finally, we see Bret Hart and British Bulldog heading to the ring, Bulldog with boxing legend Lennox Lewis and the Union Jack, before their epic encounter and the amazing moment when Bulldog managed to pin his brother in law and secure his first Intercontinental Championship in front of over 90,000 of his adoring countrymen. Echoing, the commentary and the clips fade away before we see Wade Barrett, the WWE Championship belt over his shoulder, appear.

“It’s been nearly 20 years since the greatest country in the world hosted the greatest PPV the world ever saw.”

Barrett is walking up a inclining walkway as he speaks to the camera …

“A lot has changed round here since that day.”

A clip of Chip Butty is shown …

“A British businessman owns the WWE!”

The magnificent Wembley Stadium, complete with its legendary twin towers, is shown back in 1992 with hundreds of screaming WWE fans outside it.

“We have a brand new Wembley Stadium!”

The camera swings around and looks up at the modern Wembley Stadium, complete with its magnificent arch over the top, glittering in the sunshine before the camera switches back to Barrett who is walking further up Wembley Way and towards the stadium …

“And Britain has got its first ever … WWE Champion!”

Barrett stops and holds up the WWE Championship before looking up wistfully at the British national stadium …

“Here in the UK, every boy dreams of playing football here at Wembley, I was no different.”

Barrett looks directly into the camera shaking his head …

“I never fulfilled that dream … but I will wrestle here!”

The camera switches and Barrett is shown inside the stadium now, surrounded by shiny red seats with blue seats spelling out the word WEMBLEY behind him, he is stood in the Royal Box where many iconic English footballers have lifted the infamous FA Cup in the past …

“This August, Britain will celebrate their first ever WWE Champion …”

Shots of Barrett pinning Orton, Angle and Triple H before he holds up the title belt …

“… when Wade Barrett returns …”

The camera zooms in on Barrett …

“… to defend the title …”

He smirks …

“… at Summerslam!”

Barrett lifts the title above his head and turns to look out over the football pitch. The camera switches to a long range shot from across the pitch and we see Barrett shouting …

“… AND YOU’RE ALL INVITED!”

A graphic appears on screen advertising that the 2011 Summerslam PPV will indeed be in London, England, in front of over 80,000 fans at Wembley – the first WWE PPV outside of North America for almost 20 years is coming this summer!

*** END VIDEO ***

As the video ends, the camera returns to the Elimination Chamber PPV unfolding here in the present day and we see Josh Mathews stood with his microphone backstage. He is smiling as he introduces his interviewee …

JOSH MATHEWS:
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time … the World Heavyweight Champion … CM PUNK!

Into shot comes the World Champion and he looks supremely confident here tonight.

JOSH MATHEWS:
Tonight, you head into the Elimination Chamber as World Champion … but you do not have the traditional champion’s advantage. With just a one in six chance of retaining your title, how do you intend to ensure that you head to WrestleMania 27 still the World Champion?

Punk looks a little agitated as he turns towards Mathews to answer. A look of offence on his face, he straightens the World Championship belt over his shoulder before answering.

CM PUNK:
One in six?

Josh Mathews nods his head a little, looking away from Punk’s eyes, a little embarrassed. Punk snatches the microphone from him and shoves him away …

CM PUNK:
I am the World Champion, you want me to tell you how I intend to win tonight and head to WrestleMania? Well, it’s nice and simple. I am … “The Best in the World!”

Some boos from the crowd although there are some cheers for the champion mixed into the reaction …

CM PUNK:
I won this title by beating the World’s Largest Athlete, the Big Show …

Punk holds his hand up above his head to show the height of the man he won the World Championship from a couple of months ago …

CM PUNK:
I beat Christian back at the Royal Rumble to retain my World Championship …

He points at his title belt that his laid across his shoulder …

CM PUNK:
I’m the man who forced Jeff Hardy from the WWE once before and believe me, once a screw-up, always a screw-up!

Punk laughs and chews his gum a little more …

CM PUNK:
Despite all of his progress in the past few months, Kofi Kingston has never been, and will never be, able to win the big one. Unlike myself of course …

A serious look passes over the eyes of Punk …

CM PUNK:
And while many of you will be banking on the Phenom of the WWE, the Deadman, The Undertaker, beating me here tonight … Well, this isn’t WrestleMania!

Punk laughs …

CM PUNK:
He may be 18 and 0 at WrestleMania but I am the only man, the only man in history, to make him tap out. My Anaconda Vice has kept him down once and it will keep him down again tonight!

Punk removes the title from his shoulder and looks into the camera with intent in his eyes …

CM PUNK:
You see, I have beaten all five men in this match. I am the “Best in the World” for a reason and I have this for a reason …

Punk raises the title up and points at it as it hangs beside his head …

CM PUNK:
Every night, every show, every pay-per-view, I prove that I am the best, I prove that nobody can compete with me. Come WrestleMania and the World Heavyweight Championship, I will be the one stood across the ring from Cena, I will be the one to ram his words down his throat. I will show him, I will show that jackass Michael Cole that …

Punk pauses as the crowd cheer his comment about the SMACKDOWN General Manager …

CM PUNK:
… that I am the best there is on SMACKDOWN, that I am the best there is in the WWE. Simply, I am the “Best in the World!”

Another mixed reaction as Punk kneels down at the side of the interviewer …

CM PUNK:
Is the message sinking in yet, Josh? Do you get it? In the Chamber tonight, even without the title advantage, I will not have a one in six chance of retaining the title. The “Best in the World” is guaranteed to retain this title.

Punk replaces the World Championship over his shoulder and stands as the camera zooms in on his face …

CM PUNK:
Guaranteed!

Punk drops the microphone down at the side of Mathews before walking off and out of shot as the camera switches back towards the ring where Justin Roberts is waiting …

JUSTIN ROBERTS:
The following contest, set for one fall, is for the United States Championship!

A slight cheer as the crowd look forward to the next match and the title defence of this man …

*** AFRICA RISING ***
JustinGabriel.jpg

JUSTIN GABRIEL

United States Champion

Jogging slowly out from backstage, the popular US Champion salutes the crowd wearing black and silver pads as a custom t-shirt with the United States Title belt strapped around his waist. A positive reaction for Gabriel who has been on a great roll since leaving the Nexus just after Survivor Series – JR informs us of this and recaps his achievements: won the US Championship at Vengeance, a long run in the Royal Rumble and now US Champion for almost three months. King says he is one of the most exciting youngsters on the WWE roster right now and he expects big things from him in the future. Gabriel leaps up onto the ring apron and over the ropes before standing on the buckles and holding the title belt high. The crowd cheer before the music changes and his challenger appears …

*** I COME FROM MONEY ***
TedDiBiase.jpg

TED DIBIASE

Boos for the “Million Dollar Champion” as he heads out with his diamond and gold belt shimmering on his shoulder. DiBiase looks confident as he heads towards the ring and he points up at Gabriel and claims that he is about to become the champion of the United States. As DiBiase gets into the ring, he shows off to the crowd and taunts them before removing his t-shirt and handing his ‘title’ over to the ring hands. The referee holds up the US Championship to signal that the match is for the title and then signals for the bell …

UNITED STATES CHAMPIONSHIP:
JUSTIN GABRIEL (c) vs. TED DIBIASE


Quick start from the defending US Champion as Gabriel, pumped up in his first PPV defence of the title, goes all out for DiBiase after their recent issues. His high paced style allows him to surprise the Prodigal Son in the early going but in the end DiBiase wears him down and starts to bring his mat wrestling dominance into play. As DiBiase wears down the South African, he has to rebuff several attempted fightbacks from Gabriel as he looks to find a split second to explode away. However, each time he appears to have the chance, DiBiase is able to avoid the big move that the US Champion needs to get away. On one such attempt, Gabriel springboards back off the ropes but DiBiase avoids the attempted roundhouse kick. Gabriel lands awkwardly and appears to twist his ankle as he limps on the bad foot afterwards. Of course, the cunning challenger targets the ankle as well and stomps away at it before focusing many of his moves on the ankle as he looks to take Gabriel to the edge of his limits and set him up for a title loss here tonight.

>>>>> ENDING: Despite the pain though, Gabriel continues to fight against it and kicks out of several pinfall attempts which frustrates the hell out of DiBiase. As the match begins to near a conclusion, DiBiase decides that enough is enough and he stalks after the South African with one intention in mind ... MILLION DOLLAR DREAM! DIBIASE LOCKS IN THE MILLION DOLLAR DREAM! Gabriel’s title is beginning to slip away now as he is caught up in the devastating submission hold centre of the ring. He tries desperately to escape but there is nothing doing … However, Gabriel will not back down and he manages to edge his way towards the corner. Whilst DiBiase holds the move, Gabriel leaps up and kicks back off the turnbuckle rolling DiBiase backwards into a roll up pin …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** DIBIASE RELEASES AND KICKS OUT! **

Loud groan around the arena as DiBiase decides to release the Million Dollar Dream rather than be pinned 1, 2, 3 in the ring and end his title hopes. Both men get up quickly, DiBiase quickest, he hits the ropes and leaps towards Gabriel who ducks … BOOM! Down goes the referee! DiBiase, inadvertently, collides with the ref who falls through the ropes and lands with a thud below. He isn’t knocked out but is dazed and takes time to recover. DiBiase drops to his knees as Gabriel looks out at the official .. LOW BLOW! The crowd boo and jeer but DiBiase is laughing as he leaves the ring and grabs the US Championship belt next. He enters the ring and waits for Gabriel to get up whilst holding the title belt that he is hoping to legitimately hold in moments. DiBiase is preparing to smash Gabriel with the belt whilst the referee is unaware …


Wait a minute! What does these guys want? Heath Slater and David Otunga race down first and they take the attention of the referee as Jackson and Sheffield slip past afterwards and enter the ring unknown to the official. DiBiase looks on with a look of confusion, he has this in hand, what do they want? Jackson reaches out and takes the title belt from DiBiase with a smile and DiBiase nods a knowing look … BAM! MEATHOOK CLOTHESLINE! SHEFFIELD CLOCKS DIBIASE FROM THE SIDE AND FLATTENS HIM! Why are the Nexus helping Gabriel once again? Gabriel, completely unaware, is slowly coming round but he never sees Sheffield and Jackson who now exit the ring and dump the title back on the floor. Slater and Otunga roll the referee under the ropes and then Nexus retreat as the referee, confused, begins a count out of the two fallen men. Gabriel shows first signs of life and he gets groggily up and notices the situation. He looks round with a look of misunderstanding in his eyes, he drags DiBiase into place and then climbs the ropes … 450 SPLASH! GABRIEL HITS THE 450 SPLASH ON DIBIASE! He hooks the legs of the challenger, this one is over!

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

WINNER: JUSTIN GABRIEL (06:59)

Gabriel rolls away from DiBiase with a huge smile on his face and holds his hands high as the referee hands him the US Championship. Gabriel jumps up onto the ropes to celebrate – but then he spots that Nexus are stood in the aisle applauding his victory. The South African’s expression changes and he looks down to DiBiase with a dawning realisation over what has just happened. Foley claims that Gabriel will not be happy over Nexus interfering in his business again after he requested that they stayed out of it – and it looks as if he is correct, Gabriel has an angry look on his face. He points down at Nexus and yells angrily at them but the four Nexus members smile back at him and then they turn on their heels and exit. Gabriel is stood looking annoyed in the ring with the belt in his hands; he clearly believes that the victory is now tainted. As the camera zooms in on Gabriel, he looks on angrily before it switches to an advert for WrestleMania 27 in six weeks’ time …

GCBWM27.png

WRESTLEMANIA 27
Atlanta, GA
Sunday 3rd April, 2011

Elimination Chamber returns and the camera focuses on JR, King and Foley as they introduce the upcoming main event: the SMACKDOWN Elimination Chamber match where CM Punk, the World Champion, will be defending his title against five other men. The camera throws to a shot of CM Punk walking down a corridor holding the World Championship on his shoulder before switching to a shot of Kofi Kingston who is warming up somewhere else backstage. Next up, we see Christian who is sat backstage, head down, concentrating hard on the upcoming match before we see Big Show who is practicing throwing his big right hand. The fifth person we see is Jeff Hardy, who gets the biggest reaction so far, and he is sat on the ground, almost doing the splits, as he performs his stretches. We don’t see the sixth member of the match, The Undertaker, due to his mysterious entrance. JR, King and Foley cannot agree on who they think will win the match but then their attention turns towards the ominous Chamber which is making its way down to the ring from the roof for the second time this evening. The arena goes dark and the spotlights are flashing around the arena as it lowers down towards the ring as JR throws to Todd Grisham who is backstage near some television monitors.

TODD GRISHAM:
Ladies and Gentlemen, my guest at this time … JOHN CENA.

Boos ring out around the arena as the Royal Rumble 2011 winner comes into view, a smirk on his face. He is clearly still in pain from his match a short while ago with Randy Orton but he looks pleased with himself.

TODD GRISHAM:
John, we’re at the main event of the evening. Whoever wins this match will be World Champion just six weeks before facing you at WrestleMania 27. Who would you like to see victorious here tonight?

Cena laughs …

JOHN CENA:
Todd, what an idiotic question. In six weeks time, I will challenge for the World Championship and in all likelihood, I will face the winner of the upcoming Elimination Chamber match. You want to know who I want to face at WrestleMania? You want to know who I think will be the easiest man to beat, do you?

Cena glares at Grisham for a minute.

JOHN CENA:
When I walk into WrestleMania as the Royal Rumble winner, as the Number 1 contender, I will have the whole of the WWE Universe in my head, running through my veins, as I do so. Not their cheers, no. I will have their fake cheers in my head and their hypocritical jeers. It doesn’t matter which one of these men wins here tonight – I will be victorious at WrestleMania. When I came over to SMACKDOWN, things had become clear. The WWE Universe didn’t believe in me. The WWE Universe didn’t want me to be the champion. Every single cheer they gave me was fake, every time they threw up their arms in support, it meant nothing. All they wanted was the ever dependable John Cena to come out and defeat the bad guy.

Cena shakes his head in disgust.

JOHN CENA:
But you see, that is where the problem lies now that they all hate me. They believed in me, they knew that when somebody was here to destroy the WWE or to hold everybody here to ransom, they knew that John Cena would be the man to sort it out. Whether it be Edge, Big Show, Vickie Guerrero, Nexus, Batista … they knew that I, John Cena, was the man they could rely on to get the job done. And you know what? Nothing has changed. I’m still the same ever dependable John Cena – only now they can depend on me to take out their favourites instead. So, who do I want to win the Chamber match tonight?

Cena stares into the camera.

JOHN CENA:
I don’t give a damn. Whoever is World Champion in six weeks time, John Cena is taking him out. My time … yes, MY time …

Cena points to himself …

JOHN CENA:
… MY time … is now … and you …

Cena waves his hand over his eyes slowly …

JOHN CENA:
… you can’t see me.
 
GCBECHAMBER.png

(CONTINUED)

Boos echo around the arena as Cena ups and leaves before the camera returns to the ring which is now, for the second time tonight, enclosed inside the Elimination Chamber. In the ring, Tony Chimel, suited and booted, raises the microphone.

TONY CHIMEL:
This match is for the World Heavyweight Championship – and it will be contested inside the Elimination Chamber! The match will start with two superstars in the ring and four more superstars locked in their individual chambers. Every five minutes, a random chamber will be opened allowing the superstar within to join the match. This will continue until all superstars have entered the match. Elimination occurs through pinfall or submission and the last man remaining will be declared the winner … and the World Heavyweight Champion!

As the tension builds inside the arena, the crowd cheering, there is a pause whilst the World Championship graphic is shown on the screens at home. Then, suddenly, the lights go down and the arena descends into pitch black and darkness to signal the arrival of one of the greatest WWE superstars of all time …

*** GONG ***
*** GONG ***
*** GONG ***

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***

Undertaker.jpg

THE UNDERTAKER

The crowd go wild as the lightning bolts and eerie fog fill the arena and the tron lights up with the images of graves and caskets. Through the fog, a dark figure steps out and stands looking straight ahead but there are huge cheers for the arrival of Undertaker. As he slowly steps towards the ring, JR begins to outline his amazing career so far in the WWE and how he is, still, undefeated at WrestleMania despite eighteen attempts to defeat him. With a nineteenth match on the horizon, will he be defending the World Championship or not? As Undertaker steps up onto the stairs of the Chamber, he slowly raises his arms and the lights fade back on in the arena as the crowd gasp in delight. Taker, dressed in all black and wearing a long black trench-coat, steps into the Chamber and through the ropes where he removes his hat and coat and hands it to the official. With the thunder sounding through the arena as he removes his hat, Taker then heads over to the corner and into one of the pods in the corner of the Chamber where he stops to look out towards the stage and the entrance of the next superstar.

*** NO MORE WORDS ***
JeffHardy.jpg

JEFF HARDY

More cheers as the popular Jeff Hardy heads out into the arena where he salutes the crowd excitedly before running down towards the Chamber. He runs up the steps and through the ropes into the ring where he rushes across the ring and leaps onto the middle rope to salute the fans a little more. Hardy looks pumped up and ready for this match but he then turns and looks into the only occupied pod where Undertaker is stood. Jeff doesn’t blink as he stares into the eyes of one of his adversaries before heading into one of the remaining vacant pods where he is locked in. Attention turns back towards the stage for the next competitor …

*** JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES ***
Christian.jpg

CHRISTIAN

More cheers; here comes Christian as well. As he heads out and looks around the arena looking for his “Peeps”, Christian receives another good pop before he walks confidently towards the massive steel structure. As he approaches the ring, JR reminds us of the way Christian battled CM Punk and came so close to winning the World Championship from CM Punk at the Rumble. He then reminds us that it was Punk who tricked Michael Cole into allowing Christian to enter this match. Foley reminds JR that Punk just wanted to prove he could beat Christian instead though. As Christian enters the ring, he salutes the fans – like Hardy did previously – before heading towards an empty booth and standing within it as the door is locked.

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***
CMPunk.jpg

CM PUNK

World Heavyweight Champion

A mixed reaction as the World Champion heads out; many people boo and jeer him but there are plenty of others, hardcore Punk fans, who cheer him and chant his name as he heads out. The World Championship belt strapped around his waist, Punk kneels down in the stage area and checks his wrists before yelling out “It’s Clobbering Time!” and heading towards the ring. As he approaches the Chamber, Punk pauses and seems to be steeling himself ready for the ultimate test of his championship credentials. Will he headline WrestleMania or will he lose the title here tonight? After a look around at the WWE Universe, Punk unbuttons the belt and hands it to the referee before stripping off his “Best in the World” t-shirt and throwing it down on the floor. He leaps up into the ring and stands centrally whilst looking to the three full Chamber pods where Undertaker, Hardy and Christian are stood watching him. A smile spreads over his face as he backs away to the ropes and he steps through. Entering the final empty pod, Punk is locked in and he is ready to defend the title here – even if he will be watching at least the first five minutes. With four men now occupying the four chambers, we know that the other two men to enter will be the first two men starting the match.

*** CRANK IT UP ***
BigShow.jpg

BIG SHOW

The first man who will start the match off heads out and pyro explodes above his head as he comes out looking angry and agitated. His arrival does not go down well with the WWE Universe who boo him as he heads towards the ring but JR and King hype up the arrival of the World’s Largest Athlete and wonder how the other participants will be able to cope with both him and the ominous Chamber. Show steps into the ring and he looks at each of the occupied pods with an angry look in his eyes as if trying to threaten them all. However, Show’s music fades and the music of his nemesis from the past few weeks begins …

*** S.O.S. ***
KofiKingston.jpg

KOFI KINGSTON

Large pop for the popular Ghanaian as he leaps out into the arena with yellow and green pyro blasting all around him. Foley reminds us that Kofi and Show have had serious problems in the past few weeks with Kofi managing to get one over on Show on several occasions. However, as King reminds us as a replay shows, Show has taken Kofi out on two occasions recently with his devastating WMD punch. Kingston leaps up the steps and through the ropes into the Chamber, with little apprehension, as Show studies him intensely. The referee holds up the World Championship belt handed over to him by CM Punk before handing it out of the Chamber to another official. The doors are closed and locked and the bell rings to signal the final match of the evening, the SMACKDOWN Elimination Chamber match for the World Heavyweight Championship …

SMACKDOWN ELIMINATION CHAMBER MATCH FOR THE WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP:
CM PUNK (c) vs. BIG SHOW vs. CHRISTIAN vs. JEFF HARDY vs. KOFI KINGSTON vs. THE UNDERTAKER


A buzz of excitement passes around the arena as Kofi, pumped up and bouncing on the balls of his feet, and Big Show face up ready to get the main event started here. Show is talking a lot of smack to Kingston and telling him that he is in way over his head, that he will never ever win the big one and become a champion. Suddenly, after listening to this for a moment, Kofi explodes with a drop kick that staggers Show back and then he chases after him into the corner and begins crashing kicks into the thigh and upper leg of the giant. Show tries to defend himself but Kofi’s assault is incessant, this is a fired up Kofi ready to become World Champion and Show is not going to deny him. The giant pushes Kofi away onto the mat to gain some respite but it is only momentary as Kofi rushes back over and leaps astride Show onto the middle ropes. He pummels away at the large head of the Big Show as the crowd chant along with him ten times before Show, desperate for a break, shoves him roughly away again and Kofi this time lands harder on the mat. Show ploughs through Kofi with a shoulder block which buys him some time yet Kofi is not staying down. Holding the rope, Kofi leaps up and springboards off the top rope … Diving Crossbody! Kofi’s crossbody crashes Show down to the mat and he has a lateral press here as he looks to make quick work of Show …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BIG SHOW THROWS KOFI OFF HIM! **

Kofi, thrown three feet in the air, lands on his front beside Show who gets up with an angry look and swings his trademark heavy punch but Kofi avoids the contact. Kofi again springboards off the ropes but this time Show is ready and catches him before running him back first into the turnbuckles and crushing him in the corner. Holding on, Show lifts Kofi higher and into a military press position next before tossing him over the top rope and down and Kofi crashes down hard on the steel floor that surrounds the ring to a gasp of shock from the crowd. Show now laughs as he watches Kofi writhing in agony on the steel; whilst Kofi is clearly fired up, it appears that Show is too and the crowd give him grief over his actions. Show cares not and he steps over the top rope and drags Kofi up with the back of his neck and forces his face into the steel chains that make up the wall of this sick chamber. Rubbing Kofi’s visage up and down over the rough chains, Show laughs mockingly before throwing Kingston up and over the ropes back into the ring with a crash. Show points into one of the pods at CM Punk, who is watching with a worried look in his eyes, and signals that he is going to regain the World Championship here tonight. Punk, fearing the worst, has no answer as he watches on. Into the ring steps Show and he watches Kofi stagger up with an amused look in his eyes before grabbing the Ghanaian with the throat … CHOKE SLAM! BIG SHOW HITS THE CHOKE SLAM! This must be over, Kofi’s dream is a nightmare before it even gets started! Show cockily stands looking down at Kofi and he places his huge foot on the chest of his rival as the referee makes the count …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** CHEERS AROUND THE ARENA AS KOFI KICKS OUT! **

Show looks a little bewildered but then nods his head and claps his hands at Kofi who is showing fight here. However, he is in big trouble now as Show steps back and waits with his right hand clenched ready. The crowd are trying to warn Kingston but it appears to be futile as he gets up, groggily, and spins into the path of Big Show … NO! Big Show swings and misses and Kofi counters … TROUBLE IN PARADISE! KOFI CONNECTS WITH TROUBLE IN PARADISE! He collapses on top of Show and hooks the huge leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

BIG SHOW HAS BEEN ELIMINATED BY KOFI KINGSTON (4:06)

A huge cheer goes up around the arena as Kofi crawls away to the corner having taken out one of the most dangerous men in the match before the third person enters! Show, more dazed than anything, gets to his feet in shock and he looks rabied with rage. He is ordered to leave by the official and the door is opened but Show is not finished. He walks over and grabs Kingston by the hair, lifting him up to stand against the buckles. He crashes his heavy right hand into the gut of Kingston over and over and over before lifting him up and sitting him on the top buckle … BAM! WEAPON OF MASS DESTRUCTION! SHOW SMASHES KOFI IN THE FACE! Unconscious, Kofi falls back off the buckle and lands with his back against the pod where Christian is stood watching on concerned. Several officials enter and they order Show out and he is now happy to leave with Kofi’s match over it appears. As the door closes and Show steps out, the boos echo around the arena before the lights go out and it appears to be time for the third entrant in the match.

The spotlights flash around the arena before settling on a pod: JEFF HARDY! Jeff hesitantly steps into the ring and walks over towards the corner where the unconscious Kingston is laid back against the pod. A regretful look in his eyes, Hardy gingerly helps Kofi down off the buckles and allows him to slump down onto the mat. Jeff looks apologetic and receives a few boos but, with a shrug of the shoulders, he pulls Kofi’s leg up and pins him …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

Kofi has been eliminated … Wait! No! Kofi grabbed the bottom rope! Jeff looks stunned as he looks down at Kingston, he cannot believe that the Ghanaian could withstand the punch from Show and survive! Outside the Chamber, where he had been watching on, Show reacts angrily and tries to get back in but the officials force him to retreat. Angrily, Show kicks the steel steps outside the chamber before leaving Jeff and Kofi to it in the ring. Jeff is stood looking torn as he looks down at Kingston; he clearly sees a wonderful chance to eliminate Kofi but at the same time wants to do the right thing. In the end, Jeff backs off and allows the referee to assist Kingston which draws a smirk from the World Champion, CM Punk. Jeff glares at him and Punk shakes his head, he clearly thinks Jeff should have taken his chance and took Kofi out right there and then.

Soon, Kofi is back on his feet and he stands facing Hardy as they prepare to restart the action. A quick slap of the hands and off they go with a grapple that Jeff, easily the fresher of the two, wins. He locks Kofi in a reverse headlock before lifting him up and hitting a snap suplex that crashes Kofi down onto the mat. Jeff, sensing he could now make short work of Kofi, hooks the leg and looks for a quick 3 count …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** A WEAK KICK OUT FROM KOFI! **

Jeff jumps up quickly and leaps up onto the ropes, he springboards off the top rope and falls down on top of the grounded Kofi, a perfect springboard splash that gives him another chance at a pinfall …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** NO! KOFI KEEPS FIGHTING! **

Jeff looks down at Kofi with a look of surprise in his eyes that Kingston is still fighting but it is clearly respected as well. Jeff grabs Kofi’s neck and drags him up and sets for a Twist of Fate but Kofi is able to twist out of it and he shoves Jeff hard in the back and the momentum takes him into, up and over the top rope where he falls and clatters on the steel flooring. With a moment to recover, Kofi retreats to the corner and takes some deep breaths as he watches Jeff pull himself up. Shots of the waiting three men – Punk, Undertaker and Christian – are shown and all three of them look ready to enter the fray as soon as needed. Hardy steps back through the ropes and into the ring where he advances on Kingston but Kofi hits a roundhouse kick to him and knocks him staggering into the ropes. Another kick to the upper chest area follows before Kofi pulls himself up onto the middle rope. As Jeff turns, Kofi leaps towards him and grabs his head as he spins around … Tornado DDT! Jeff’s head crashes down into the mat and Kofi might upset Hardy here …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** JEFF KICKS OUT AT 2! **

Maybe Hardy is wishing he hadn’t been so noble now as he recovers and tries to get back to his feet with Kofi also battling back to a standing position as well. As both men stagger to their feet, the clock begins and signals the countdown from 10, we’re ready for the fourth entrant into the match. The lights go out and the spotlights randomly light up the pods until … CHRISTIAN! Christian, determined to win the World Championship for the first time here tonight, leaps out and immediately clambers up the ropes in the corner. From the top rope, he waits and then leaps off and connects with a Diving Crossbody to Kingston who is taken down with a thump. Christian could eliminate Kingston immediately here …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** KOFI KICKS OUT! **

Christian is to his feet quickly and he now targets Jeff Hardy instead; he ducks under Jeff’s clothesline attempt and locks up his head … Inverted DDT! Jeff hits the mat with his back first and Christian reaches over and hooks the leg as well …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** HARDY KICKS OUT! **

A whirlwind start from Christian as he looks to take out one of the four remaining hurdles between him and the prize as quickly as he can here. Christian stands back from Hardy and waits with his hands outstretched waiting for his chance … He locks Hardy up and it appears he is set for the Killswitch when Hardy is able to counter it by hitting a mule kick and staggering him back into the path of Kofi … SOS! KOFI HITS THE SOS TO CHRISTIAN!

** 1 **
** 2 **
** CHRISTIAN STUNS KOFI BY KICKING OUT! **

Kofi and Christian are down but Jeff takes advantage and starts laying the boots to the pair of them now as he seeks to take control. He tosses Christian over the top rope and he clatters on the steel whilst Hardy goes back to work on Kofi instead. He ducks under Kofi’s punch and hits the ropes, he rushes back towards the Ghanaian and leaps up … Running DDT from Hardy! It appears he could try to pin Kofi as his head bounces off the mat but he doesn’t; instead, Jeff waits for Kofi to groggily get to his feet and then he hooks him around his waist and hits a German Suplex that crashes the back of Kofi’s head and shoulders down onto the mat. Hardy holds on for the pinfall …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** KOFI GETS HIS SHOULDERS OFF THE MAT IN TIME! **

Hardy notices that Christian is about to re-enter the ring and he rushes over and hits a low drop kick to meet him as he tries to duck through the ropes. Christian rolls, hurt, into the walls of the Chamber which as yet hasn’t been used much. He then returns his attention towards Kofi who he is trying to eliminate here. He lifts himself up so that he is stood on the middle turnbuckle and waits for Kofi to get to his feet … Hurricanrana! Hardy leaps from the corner and takes down Kofi once more before hooking the leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** GUTSY KOFI KICKS OUT ONCE MORE! **

Hardy looks a little worked up that he can’t put Kofi away here and seems to be steeling himself up for his big moves to end this. He signals that it is time for the Twist of Fate but as he stalks Kofi, his attention is drawn when Christian, a little worse for wear, re-enters the ring and the popular pair resurrect old rivalries from their Tag Team days as they trade blows in the centre of the ring. As they do, Kofi takes a breather as the clock begins to countdown once more towards the fifth entrant … Will it be the World Champion or the Deadman?

The arena lights flash before the spotlight settles on the World Champion – it’s time for CM PUNK! As the lights return, Christian and Jeff continue to fight though, neither man’s focus was on the next entrant, and Kofi was still recovering. Punk takes his time exiting the pod and he climbs through the ropes and towards the warring pair as he looks to catch them unaware. However, Punk doesn’t notice that Kofi has seen him and his creeping up towards him at the same time. As Punk reaches out to grab Christian and catch him unaware, Kofi spins round … TROUBLE IN PARADISE! TROUBLE IN PARADISE CONNECTS … WITH CHRISTIAN! Punk, fresh and alert, saw Kofi coming at the last second and quick as a flash, he dragged Christian into the path of Kingston’s right foot instead! As Christian wobbles around, Punk lifts him onto his shoulders … GO TO SLEEP! PUNK HITS THE GTS ON CHRISTIAN WHO IS COMPLETELY CAUGHT COLD HERE! Punk hooks the leg and Hardy and Kofi watch on …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

CHRISTIAN HAS BEEN ELIMINATED BY CM PUNK (15:28)

CM Punk could not defeat Christian at the Rumble but he has defeated him within a minute of entering the Elimination Chamber – partly thanks to Kofi Kingston though! Christian rolls away and he is helped out of the Chamber leaving the World Champion, Jeff Hardy and Kofi Kingston stood in the ring looking at each other. In the one remaining full chamber, the Phenom looks on, ready to enter the match imminently. Punk applauds Kofi’s kick to Christian and then points between the pair of them before pointing suggestively towards Hardy; it appears Punk is trying to get Kofi to team with him. For a moment, Kofi contemplates the idea and reaches out for a handshake … before using it to shove Punk towards Hardy who catches him with a jawbreaker as Punk’s jaw is pulled down across Hardy’s head. Loud cheers from the crowd as Hardy and Kofi begin to lay in the damage to the World Champion who tries to cover up. He exits the ring out of the steel flooring but Kofi, quick as a flash, leaps to the top buckle and leaps off towards Punk for a Diving Crossbody … that misses! The crowd gasp as Kofi lands partly on the steel flooring whilst his head and face collide with the chain walls, Kofi writhes in agony. Punk smirks but this smirk disappears quickly as Jeff comes behind him and kicks him in the gut … Twist of Fate? No! Punk counters and shoves Hardy face first into the wall of the Chamber where he connects with one of the posts. A series of explosive kicks from Punk follow as he goes after Hardy, the man he forced out of WWE just over a year back, before clotheslining him back over the top rope and into the ring. A swagger now accompanying him, Punk returns to the ring and he holds his hands to the side of his face to signal for the GTS once more … However, the GTS doesn’t come yet as Punk whips Hardy to the corner and follows him in before connecting with a high knee to the face. Hardy’s head snaps back but Punk holds on and takes Hardy down with a Bulldog before standing over him laughing. He again signals for the GTS but doesn’t hit it yet … Foley suggests this could be a mistake for Punk and he should hit the GTS and get another guy out of the match.

However, Punk appears to be trying to wear down Hardy first and he exits the ring and climbs to the top rope instead. He looks down on Jeff, still laughing, and then leaps off looking for a flying elbow … but Hardy moves! CM Punk collides with the mat and looks hurt as Hardy, the cheers of the crowd in his ears now, staggers up himself. As a wounded Punk gets up, Hardy grabs him … TWIST OF FATE! HARDY HITS PUNK WITH A TWIST OF FATE! Could this be the end of the World Champion? The crowd urge Hardy to quickly get to the top rope but he is struggling a little to get there … Hardy gets there and looks down on Punk before sailing off … SWANTON … NO! Punk rolls away and Jeff lands hard and awkward on the mat; he gets up and turns around … TROUBLE IN PARADISE! KOFI HITS JEFF WITH TROUBLE IN PARADISE! There are a few boos around the arena but Kofi signals the title belt around his waist and this justifies the action as he falls down on Hardy …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** HARDY KICKS OUT! **

Kingston looks a little shocked as Jeff manages to kick out as Punk looks on shaking his head. He crawls back into the ring and he shoves Kofi away roughly before dragging Hardy back to his feet. However, Kofi is not going to be manhandled by Punk that way and he unleashes a barrage of right hands to Punk forcing him back to the corner. In the corner, Kofi straddles Punk and continues to fire his fist into the head of the World Champion as the crowd chant along. Kofi leaps back and admires his handiwork as Punk falls to his knees in the corner … just as Jeff Hardy, looking for revenge on Kofi, rolls up the Ghanaian from behind and into a schoolboy pin …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** KOFI KICKS OUT! **

Both Kofi and Jeff spin around quickly and swing at each other but it is Jeff that gains the upper hand as ducks Kofi’s swing, hits the ropes and comes off with a flying clothesline of his own. Jeff kicks Kofi in the gut as he gets up … TWIST OF FATE AGAIN! CONNECTS WITH KOFI KINGSTON HERE! As Hardy turns to head for the Swanton Bomb though, Punk catapults over the top rope and hits a clothesline to Hardy that knocks him down instead. Can Punk capitalise here? He rams Hardy head first into the top buckle a number of times before a big roundhouse kick sends Hardy loopy as he falls sideways down to the mat. Punk drags him up and throws him through the ropes to the steel floor outside before going after him and looking to hurt him. Punk grabs Hardy by the hand, calculates himself and then whips Jeff as hard and fast as he can straight into one of the Chamber pods – ironically, the one where Jeff began – and Hardy hits it shoulder first and cracks it open. On commentary, JR, King and Foley suggest that the pod is bullet proof to hype it further and then Punk lifts Hardy up onto his shoulders … Wait a minute, not there! GO TO SLEEP! ON THE STEEL FLOORING! PUNK HITS THE GTS TO JEFF ON THE STEEL! Hardy is out cold and Punk is laughing big time now … until he sees Kofi flying towards him from the top rope! However, the World Champion has time to sidestep and Kofi clatters into the steel chains and flooring as well. Punk taps his head and then starts signalling to his waist that he is the World Champion …

But then the countdown begins and Punk’s face alters somewhat as he realises who is coming! The lights flash and the last remaining chamber opens to let out the Phenom, the Deadman … THE UNDERTAKER! Undertaker immediately steps out and he stalks Punk who backs away with what looks to be fear in his eyes! Punk clambers through the ropes into the ring and Taker follows him, stepping over the top rope, his presence concerning the World Champion. Punk decides to go on the offensive, to his credit, and he launches right hands and right feet at Taker but it is a matter of time before Taker grabs Punk by the throat and lifts him up … CHOKE SLAM! CM PUNK CHOKESLAMMED TO THE MAT! Undertaker slits his throat and the crowd sense the end of Punk’s World Title reign as Undertaker waits. He scoops Punk up as he tries to get to his feet but then Punk fights back and manages to force a release before Taker can hit the Tombstone that would surely be the end of Punk tonight if he had. Undertaker, eyes bulging, goes after Punk again but this time Punk is able to hit back as he catches Taker coming in … DDT! Punk looks pleased with himself … but then Undertaker sits back up immediately! Punk is like a rabbit caught in the headlights as he looks into the glaring eyes of the Deadman and he decides to out-run him once more. Out of the ring, back into the ring, out and in before catching Undertaker with a kick to the head as he comes back through the ropes. More kicks from Punk as he uses his martial arts style to get an advantage over Taker but to no avail; Taker responds with a choke thrust, uppercutting into Punk’s throat area. Punk is staggered back but he continues to take the fight to Taker and actually manages to force him back a little. Punk takes advantage of his few seconds of peace to desperately drag the turnbuckle cover off the buckle in the corner. As Taker comes back towards him looking for a clothesline, Punk move and helps Taker on his way … BAM! Taker’s chest rams into the unguarded buckle and he winces in pain. Punk, ever the opportunist, jumps up with Taker in the corner and hits a Bulldog to take the Phenom off his feet for the first time tonight. As Taker rolls under the bottom rope, Punk arrogantly looks round; Taker down, Hardy and Kofi still down, Punk, still on his feet and still the World Champion.

Punk goes out after Taker and hits a running kick to the side of his head that clatters him into the chains as well. Methodically, CM Punk appears to be making some headway against the Deadman and could maybe eliminate him at some point? Realising that his best chance is probably now, whilst Taker is down and struggling, Punk forces him back under the bottom rope and into the ring. Punk again slingshots over the ropes and hits a big clothesline that takes Undertaker down before he stands over him and smiles. What is Punk up to here? ANACONDA VICE! PUNK LOCKS IN THE ANACONDA VICE! Foley reminds us that once, in dubious circumstances, Punk did technically beat Undertaker via submission using this move though JR shoots it down as not being true. However, there is no doubt that Punk has the upper hand here as he stretches and pulls at Undertaker trying to force the submission. The crowd are roaring for Taker not to quit but he has been in the hold almost a minute, can he possibly withstand it much longer? JR reminds us of what happened to Christian but then Taker begins to fight his way back up! Punk’s face is a picture of horror as Taker somehow manages to force his way out of the Anaconda Vice … CHOKESLAM! TAKER, WEAKENED, HITS THE CHOKE SLAM TO PUNK! Wait a minute! Jeff Hardy! On the top rope! SWANTON BOMB TO PUNK! HARDY HITS THE SWANTON BOMB! Hardy makes the cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

CM PUNK ELIMINATED BY JEFF HARDY (22:43)

We will have a new World Champion tonight! Jeff has caught CM Punk unaware and pinned him 1, 2, 3 and that means that Hardy, Kofi or Undertaker will be the new champion here tonight! Hardy gets up with a great look of pride, he has been wanting to do that to Punk for a long time, for over a year, and now he has! Hardy spins around … Hold it! Undertaker has Hardy scooped up … TOMBSTONE! UNDERTAKER TOMBSTONES JEFF HARDY! He crosses Jeff’s hands over his chest …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

JEFF HARDY ELIMINATED BY KOFI KINGSTON (22:58)
 
GCBECHAMBER.png

(CONTINUED)

We’re down to just two men now; Kofi Kingston and Undertaker! However, Jeff and Punk remain in the Chamber, both have yet to move after being hit with a Tombstone and Swanton Bomb respectively. The referees are trying to usher them away as Undertaker gets to his feet … Here comes Kofi through the air! Diving Crossbody takes down Undertaker! Can Kofi finally achieve his dream and win the World Championship here? He claps his hands together as half of the crowd stand up in anticipation, cheering him on, whilst the rest urge Undertaker to defend himself … TROUBLE IN … NO! Undertaker ducks! CHOKE SLAM! CHOKE SLAM FROM TAKER! New World Champion, surely? Undertaker makes the cover …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** KINGSTON KICKS OUT AT THE VERY LAST MOMENT! **

Undertaker retreats to the corner on one knee to recuperate whilst Kofi is flat out and desperately trying to recover as the match takes its toll on him now. Punk and Jeff are both sliding out of the door when realisation of the situation hits and an angry Punk attacks Jeff in the aisle. As the doors of the Chamber close, Punk launches right hands into the face of the man who defeated him and lost him his World Championship here tonight. Officials spill out as Hardy fights back, the personal issues between these two are far from over despite the yearlong sabbatical they’ve had from each other! As Hardy and Punk fight out of the arena and the officials strain to separate them, attention turns back to the Chamber where Undertaker is standing up looking down on Kofi who is really feeling it now. JR suggests that Kofi is going to need a miracle to pull this one off after the hammering he has taken this evening – against one of the greatest WWE superstars of all time. Taker reaches down and pulls Kofi up with his head and he hits a choke thrust that staggers Kingston back, a second one follows and Kofi slumps in the corner held up only by his arms draping over the buckles. As he lays back, a loud “Kofi! Kofi!” chant begins in the arena but a quick response follows as a “Taker! Taker!” chant goes up as well. Undertaker has control though and he whips Kofi across the ring to the opposite corner and then follows up with a huge clothesline in the corner. As Kofi wobbles out of the corner, Taker hits the ropes and follows with a huge boot to the face of Kofi. He drops down and hooks the leg, have we got a new World Champion here?

** 1 **
** 2 **
** KOFI’S SHOULDER SHOOTS OUT AT THE LAST MOMENT! **

No! Kofi is still fighting hard! Taker looks perplexed but he takes a breath before getting up and pulling Kingston up with him. He twists up the arm of Kofi and backs into the corner to climb up the buckles. There is a loud “Old School!” around the arena as Undertaker balances on the top rope and begins to walk along it. As he reaches the middle of the rope, he prepares to leap off …. and Kofi shoves him off the rope! Taker heads off out of the ring and he falls headlong into the steel chain walls with a crash before turning round hurt. Kofi leaps onto the top rope, flies off and connects with a dropkick. Kofi lands on the steel floor with a crash but Taker falls backwards into one of the Chamber pods. Both men are down now, Kofi clutching his knee in pain whilst Undertaker is laid out and has his hand on the back of his head where he hit the pod. Recovering slowly, Kofi is up first as Undertaker pulls himself up using the ropes. Kofi kicks away at the back and shoulders of the Deadman so that he is forced back through the ropes and into the ring. As Taker battles his way up to his knees and then further, Kofi climbs the buckles and waits … Diving Crossbody! Kofi takes Taker down and hooks the leg, desperate to put him away here …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TAKER KICKS OUT! **

Kofi retreats quickly and waits for Taker to get to his feet before he climbs up to the ropes again. Stood on the middle, Kofi waits as Undertaker turns again … Tornado DDT from Kingston! Taker’s head is driven hard into the mat and Kofi jumps up as quick as he can. He stands over Taker looking down and calculates for a moment before hitting the ropes … Boom Drop! Kofi’s legs come down hard into the midriff of Undertaker and he seems to have the momentum right now! But can he put the Undertaker away? As Undertaker gets to his knees, Kofi locks him up once more … SOS! KOFI HITS THE SOS TO UNDERTAKER! The crowd hold their breath as Kofi hooks the leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TAKER SHOOTS HIS SHOULDER UP AT THE LAST SECOND! **

So close, Kofi! But he has another plan here. Kofi steps back and begins to clap his hands together, it is clear what is coming. He waits as a stunned Undertaker gets to his feet … Kofi spins and looks for the Trouble in Paradise but Taker ducks … He plants his right hand around the throat of Kingston and there is a look of fear in the eyes of the Ghanaian! Undertaker rocks his head back and rolls his eyes before he lifts Kofi up high by the throat … But Kofi manages to fight clear of the Choke Slam! A standing drop kick from Kofi catches Taker in the chest and he staggers towards the corner and hits head first into the exposed top buckle! Dazed, Undertaker staggers back around … TROUBLE IN PARADISE! KOFI CONNECTS WITH THE TROUBLE IN PARADISE! It’s over! New World Champion!

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

Yes! New World Champion … No! The referee realises at the last second that Taker ad hold of the bottom rope. Kofi holds his head and cannot believe what just happened, for a split second there, he had become the World Heavyweight Champion! Another “Kofi!” chant begins as his fans rally behind him but he looks mentally drained after coming so close. He steps back and prepares once more … clapping his hands … waiting … He spins and goes for the kick … No! Taker catches Kofi’s foot, steadies himself and hits a tremendous right hand instead. Kofi staggers into the ropes and then back to Taker where he falls to his knees in front of him. Taker lifts him high into a powerbomb position … LAST RIDE! UNDERTAKER HITS THE LAST RIDE TO KOFI! Hurting, Undertaker collapses on top of Kofi …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** NOOO! KOFI KICKS OUT OF THE LAST RIDE! **

What guts this young man is showing! Undertaker cannot believe what is happening here! He stands over Kofi and shakes his head at the way Kofi is fighting here, it seems that Taker can respect the effort being shown here! Undertaker raises his hand and signals a slit across his throat to signal that it is time for the match to end. He drags Kofi up and scoops him up for the Tombstone … but Kofi uses his legs to pull himself over the shoulder of Taker and free! The crowd cheer in excitement as Kofi escapes and prolongs the match, he leaps onto the middle rope and looks for another crossbody but Taker catches him and readjusts … TOMBSTONE PILEDRIVER! UNDERTAKER TOMBSTONES KOFI INTO THE MAT! He drops down to his knees, crosses Kofi’s arms across his chest and the referee makes the count …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

KOFI KINGSTON ELIMINATED BY THE UNDERTAKER (28:25)

WINNER & NEW WORLD CHAMPION: THE UNDERTAKER (28:25)

The crowd are delighted to see a new World Champion although some of them are naturally disappointed that Kofi is still unable to secure that elusive first ever World Championship here in the WWE. As the crowd celebrate, the gongs sound out to signal that the Deadman has secured his fourth World Heavyweight Championship. Slumped down and laid on his back, Undertaker is staring up at the ceiling of the Chamber as it begins to rise up, he is taking a second to recover as the referee waits with the title in his hands. Beside him, Kingston is out cold from the Tombstone and is also laid facing the ceiling; but not in a recovering way, in a beaten way! Taker gets to his knees and the referee hands the title belt over to him and he takes a deep breath before raising the title belt up in his hand and posing his typical pose as the lights dim and the lightning and thunder sounds echo around the arena once again. Taker rolls his eyes back in his head as he stands up with the title. JR, King and Foley hype up Taker’s achievement as he secures, assuming he keeps the title, a place at WrestleMania 27. Foley gives the first mention of a potential WrestleMania 27 main event of Undertaker vs. John Cena and JR hypes that up further before the PPV heads for an ending with Taker in the ring holding the title belt. We have a new World Heavyweight Champion and his name is the Undertaker!
 
Hollywood Quality Feedback:

Hey GCB, Sadly I lost the notes I took on the show so my feedback/review won't be as good as I originally planned but figured while I have some time tonight i'll drop you some feedback. So here it is, Fair warning i'll probably jump around a little bit.

Not gonna comment on the matches as far as how well they were written, I'm sure you've been told a million times your a great match writer and that you are.

A little surprised by how early Punk was eliminated from the chamber. I thought he'd last until the final 2 or 3 if not win. That said nothing wrong with Taker winning the belt.

Looks like we will see Orton vs Angle at Wrestlemania which should be an awesome match! Hopefully Angle beats him. One compliant I had with Cena vs Orton was I wasn't sure who was supposed to be the heel and who was supposed to be the face. I thought Cena was the heel during the match but post match Orton seemed like the heel so that was a bit confusing.

Bob Backlund for the HOF! Nice! A great choice there.

I can't remember if I predicted it or not but I felt the McCool win of the belt was a little obvious. Not that that's a bad thing considering it was done to set up McCool vs Stratus which should be amazing! McCool always reminded me of a lot of Stratus but hopefully that's not the route you take with that feud. Also somehow I could see Trish bringing back Lita as her way to counter McCool having Kharma.

Wasn't a fan of Del Rio winning by countout. I hate when PPV matches end in countout or DQ personally and me hating Del Rio doesn't help that at all. Hopefully Rey is able to beat him on Mania and end the feud forever.

The way HBK screwed Edge out of his spot in the chamber makes me think Edge is gonna do everything he can to get a match with HBK at mania, perhaps in a steel cage or something. I don't know the replacement of Edge in the chamber with Jericho almost defeated the purpose of him coming out to me unless it gets revealed that he's buddy buddy with Jericho and together they planned on screwing Edge over all along.

Oh yeah and Morrison vs Barrett was match of the night IMO. Loved everything about it, besides Morrison losing but I didn't think he had much of a chance at the win anyway. Barrett will get a HUGE test at mania with Triple H in what will be his first Wrestlemania. This is another mania match that I see being some kind of gimmick match since Barrett has Nexus at his disposal and if I remember right these two faced off at Rumble.

Anyway I know I missed a couple matches but I don't want the feedback being too long and wanted to make sure I gave you some tonight before I forgot any longer. Hopefully you keep up with the writing of this thread as i'd love to see how crazy Mania will be!

Of course knowing you, Mania will be like 20 pages lol.
 
  • Like
Reactions: GCB
Hollywood Quality Feedback:

Hey GCB, Sadly I lost the notes I took on the show so my feedback/review won't be as good as I originally planned but figured while I have some time tonight i'll drop you some feedback. So here it is, Fair warning i'll probably jump around a little bit.

Not gonna comment on the matches as far as how well they were written, I'm sure you've been told a million times your a great match writer and that you are.

A little surprised by how early Punk was eliminated from the chamber. I thought he'd last until the final 2 or 3 if not win. That said nothing wrong with Taker winning the belt.

Looks like we will see Orton vs Angle at Wrestlemania which should be an awesome match! Hopefully Angle beats him. One compliant I had with Cena vs Orton was I wasn't sure who was supposed to be the heel and who was supposed to be the face. I thought Cena was the heel during the match but post match Orton seemed like the heel so that was a bit confusing.

Bob Backlund for the HOF! Nice! A great choice there.

I can't remember if I predicted it or not but I felt the McCool win of the belt was a little obvious. Not that that's a bad thing considering it was done to set up McCool vs Stratus which should be amazing! McCool always reminded me of a lot of Stratus but hopefully that's not the route you take with that feud. Also somehow I could see Trish bringing back Lita as her way to counter McCool having Kharma.

Wasn't a fan of Del Rio winning by countout. I hate when PPV matches end in countout or DQ personally and me hating Del Rio doesn't help that at all. Hopefully Rey is able to beat him on Mania and end the feud forever.

The way HBK screwed Edge out of his spot in the chamber makes me think Edge is gonna do everything he can to get a match with HBK at mania, perhaps in a steel cage or something. I don't know the replacement of Edge in the chamber with Jericho almost defeated the purpose of him coming out to me unless it gets revealed that he's buddy buddy with Jericho and together they planned on screwing Edge over all along.

Oh yeah and Morrison vs Barrett was match of the night IMO. Loved everything about it, besides Morrison losing but I didn't think he had much of a chance at the win anyway. Barrett will get a HUGE test at mania with Triple H in what will be his first Wrestlemania. This is another mania match that I see being some kind of gimmick match since Barrett has Nexus at his disposal and if I remember right these two faced off at Rumble.

Anyway I know I missed a couple matches but I don't want the feedback being too long and wanted to make sure I gave you some tonight before I forgot any longer. Hopefully you keep up with the writing of this thread as i'd love to see how crazy Mania will be!

Of course knowing you, Mania will be like 20 pages lol.

RE: Punk's elimination. I wanted Taker to win, I wanted Kofi in at the end to get the continued build up for him. Punk had to go around that point of the match for Kofi to get plenty of time 1 on 1 with Taker. There is more to Punk's elimination than first appears - i.e. WrestleMania implications.

Orton / Cena - I don't see the confusion. Orton is the face but he's always been a "heelish" face; he was trying to destroy Cena for all the shit he's given him over the past few months and is trying to take away his WM27 shot. It set up for Angle too. Cena can now move on to the WHC match, Orton can move on to his next feud easily.

McCool as champion has been obvious for ages if I'm honest. This happens sometimes though. Rock beating Punk at the Rumble for example? As for the countout loss for Del Rio, he won't get away with it - obviously. Jericho replaced Edge because he is the biggest name who could justify it and because Edge 'screwed' him out of the Chamber in the first place. HBK and Edge is bubbling isn't it?!!

Barrett's win over Morrison had two things - Morrison needed a bump into the main event picture and needed to look good to add some legitimateness to Barrett. Without Nexus, that is a solid win for him that adds some credibility to his title reign. He has faced HHH before at the RR so there could be more to come in terms of that match. Six weeks to Mania so a lot can still happen.

Thanks for the feedback, glad you're enjoying the show. RAW is in progress and hopefully - I'm summarising more - it won't be too long.
 
GCBRAW.png

MONDAY FEBRUARY 21, 2011 | @ THE SCOTTRADE CENTER, ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI | 6 WEEKS UNTIL WRESTLEMANIA 27

*** BURN IT TO THE GROUND ***
(Nickelback)

*** PYRO ***
*** PYRO ***
*** PYRO ***
*** PYRO ***


RAW-Announcers.jpg

As the crowd here in St. Louis go wild for the start of another RAW, Jerry Lawler and Jim Ross excitedly hype up the show and the fact that we are now on the home run towards WrestleMania 27 which is now just six weeks away. JR reminds us all that the WWE Champion remains, despite the best efforts of John Morrison, Wade Barrett who proved to the world that he does not need Nexus in his corner to retain the gold. Lawler scoffs though, he says that he believes that Barrett’s tactics were still suspect and that he now has Triple H waiting for him at WrestleMania after the Game won the RAW Elimination Chamber to earn the right to challenge for the title on the biggest stage of all on April 4th in Atlanta. Right on cue …

*** TIME TO PLAY THE GAME ***
TripleH.jpg

TRIPLE H

#1 CONTENDER FOR THE WWE CHAMPIONSHIP

An eruption of noise for the 13-time WWE/World Champion as he arrives amid the green spotlights all around the arena. Wearing jeans and a custom “HHH” t-shirt, he strides out and looks round clutching a bottle of water, an intense look in his eyes as he looks around at the WWE Universe. He strides towards the ring before taking a swig of water, tossing the bottle into the audience and performing his usual water spitting salute to the crowd before heading into the ring and celebrating his victory last night with the fans. As he ‘worships’ the fans in attendance here in St. Louis, JR says that Triple H has been on fire since defeating Sheamus at Vengeance and he fully expects him to be the man to defeat Wade Barrett and win the WWE Championship to become the 14-time champion. Hunter takes a microphone and his music fades as he prepares to speak but a loud “Triple H! Triple H!” chant delays it further …

TRIPLE H:
You know, at WrestleMania 26 last year, I saw my best friend in this business, hell in the world, retired in this ring. Within days, I was put on the shelf by Sheamus myself and whilst I was sat at home, I remember wondering if I would ever set foot back in the WWE ring, let alone WrestleMania. But now, 41 days from the biggest PPV of the entire year – I’m bacccckkkk!

Another huge cheer from the raucous crowd here tonight.

TRIPLE H:
And ever since I gained the upper hand over Sheamus at Vengeance, I have had my eyes on one prize and one prize only. The WWE Championship. I’ve had to watch it paraded round by a guy who isn’t fit to lace my boots, a guy that doesn’t dare face me one on one because he knows deep down in his heart that he isn’t good enough to hold that belt.

Hunter shakes his head as he ponders Barrett’s title reign …

TRIPLE H:
Many of you know a great man who used to be pretty successful here, he goes by the name of Ric Flair and …

Triple H pauses as the crowd react with a series of “Woooooooo!” and loud cheers for the mention of Flair.

TRIPLE H:
Yeah, that’s him! Woooooooo!

Triple H smirks as he attempts the legendary “Woooooo!” and fails completely.

TRIPLE H:
Hell, what did that sound like?!

The audience laugh as Triple H refocuses on his comments …

TRIPLE H:
Anyway, that guy, the guy that I truly believe was the greatest guy to ever set foot in this ring, the greatest of all time. Well, he had a rather well known saying: “To be the man, you gotta’ beat the man!” … And quite frankly, I think that’s why so many people have issues with Barrett’s title reign. Did he really beat the man?

Boos around the arena; these people here remember how Barrett won the title back at Survivor Series and who got screwed – a certain superstar from St. Louis, Missouri in fact.

TRIPLE H:
Let’s take a look …

Attention turns towards the titantron and the replay of the deciding moment of the Survivor Series main event …

SurvivorSeries.jpg

SURVIVOR SERIES 2010

Gabriel looks around at the Nexus team for advice but Barrett has noticed that Orton is getting to his feet again ... Wade drops down to hurt Orton some more but the WWE Champion shows what he is made of and drives Barrett back into the ring apron. Shocked, Barrett walks right into Orton who lifts him up and high ... and drops him down on the announce table. It splinters in two as Barrett drops through it with the crowd going wild now! Otunga and Slater drop off the apron and they go after Orton again but Orton knows they are coming ... RKO to Otunga! RKO to Slater!

Back in the ring though, Justin Gabriel has dragged Cena to the corner and is climbing up for the 450 Splash again. Orton notices this and looks to slide into the ring to stop it ... unfortunately, he passes past Ezekiel Jackson who is back up on his feet and the South American domination machine smashes Orton with a clothesline. Gabriel looks over and sees that the Hart Dynasty are desperately trying to get to the ring to save Cena ... but Jackson meets them with clotheslines as well ... 450 SPLASH FROM JUSTIN GABRIEL! Cena is down and out, Gabriel makes the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *

WINNER: Justin Gabriel for the Nexus (22:49)


TONY CHIMEL: Here are your winners ... JUSTIN GABRIEL, HEATH SLATER, DAVID OTUNGA, SKIP SHEFFIELD ... and the new WWE Champion ... WADE BARRETT!

Justin Gabriel stands over a fallen John Cena with a look of shocked amazement on his face as the crowd are stunned and ‘We are One’ plays in the arena. He has managed to pin John Cena cleanly for the first time in his career and he has won the WWE Championship for his Nexus leader, Wade Barrett. He looks over to Barrett who is still laid in the ruins of the announce table and couldn’t look any less like a WWE Champion right now ... but he is. Gabriel then switches his gaze over to the former champion, Randy Orton who is also stood outside the ring with his hands behind his head. Gabriel reacts strangely with a look of regret momentarily passing over his eyes ... Orton looks in shock as he sinks to his knees in disbelief ... Ezekiel Jackson is heading out of the arena up the ramp to a torrent of abuse from the crowd in the aisle but he doesn’t mind. The referee hands the WWE Championship to a semi-conscious Wade Barrett and he is helped to his feet by the other battered members of his team in Skip Sheffield, Heath Slater and David Otunga. They slowly make their way around the opposite side of the ring from Orton and start to head up the ramp ... Barrett regains himself and realises what has happened as Gabriel heads out of the ring towards them. He smirks and then lifts the WWE Championship high above his head for the whole world to see ... Wade Barrett is the WWE Champion!

The clip ends and the St. Louis crowd boo again; as we now know, Cena deliberately allowed Gabriel to pin him to screw Randy Orton out of the WWE Championship. Triple H shakes his head once more before he speaks again.

TRIPLE H:
“To be the man, you gotta’ beat the man!” Wise words, Ric. And part of the problem here. You see, Wade Barrett never beat the man – your own Randy Orton …

Big cheers for the mention of the hometown star …

TRIPLE H:
Now, I’ll admit that Randy and myself no longer get along like we used to but I respect the hell out of him and what happened to him at Survivor Series and since is a joke. The WWE Championship currently hangs over the shoulder of a man who doesn’t deserve it. I intend to put a stop to that at WrestleMania 27!

More cheers for the Game whose words are proving popular here this evening.

TRIPLE H:
And mark my words, when I win back the WWE Championship, I won’t be taking the coward’s way out of defending it. I’ll defend it against everybody and anybody who deserves their shot – and top of that list would be Randy Orton.

The Game pauses for a moment, cheers ringing out around the arena, before continuing.

TRIPLE H:
But there are still those questioning whether or not I have the skill nowadays. After all, I have had a traumatic year. I’ve been blindsided by Sheamus, I’ve missed over eight months of action and I had a chance to become WWE Champion at Royal Rumble and I failed. What makes me think I can win the WWE Championship at WrestleMania 27?

A look of focus comes across the Game’s face.

TRIPLE H:
At the Rumble, I underestimated Barrett and the lengths to which he would go to to preserve his title reign. Don’t get me wrong, he’s a tough guy, a legitimate threat to any of the WWE superstars. To take the title from him, I will need to use everything I have got to beat him. But, I know better than him what it means to headline WrestleMania. I’ve been there before, I have main evented WrestleMania after WrestleMania after WrestleMania and I know how to win when it matters most.

Hunter’s face is contorting with rage as he hypes up his chance in 6 weeks time.

TRIPLE H:
Wade Barrett, in 6 weeks time, you defend that title against me, the Game, the Cerebral Assassin, the guy who has kicked the asses of so many at ‘Mania and you will get your ass kicked in Atlanta, boy. And believe me when I say this, without your Nexus crew, you may be tough but you ain’t tough enough, I will kick your ass all over Atlanta and I will be the new WWE Cham …

*** END OF DAYS ***
WadeBarrett.jpg

WADE BARRETT

WWE CHAMPION

Triple H’s rant is cut off by the new theme of the WWE Champion, Wade Barrett, who wanders out holding a microphone and looking smug as he approaches the ring. He signals for the music to be stopped so that he can address HHH who is stood glaring down at him ready to go right now. However, Barrett appears to be supremely confident after his victory over John Morrison last night at Elimination Chamber.

WADE BARRETT:
Hold it right there, Triple H. What gives you the right to come out here and badmouth me in front of all of these people here tonight?

Barrett smirks at the idea.

WADE BARRETT:
These morons here in St. Louis might eat up every word you say but …

Barrett is booed for insulting the hometown crowd …

WADE BARRETT:
Be quiet, will you? Your WWE Champion is speaking.

More boos.

WADE BARRETT:
As I was saying, these morons here might eat up all your empty words but I’m not buying any of it. You like to quote Ric Flair, let me quote the people back home in the United Kingdom: “Empty vessels make the most noise!” You see, Hunter, you had your chance at the Rumble – and you failed. You can make all the noise you want about how you’re going to kick my backside at WrestleMania but I see it for what it really is. Empty talk from a sinking vessel.

Barrett steps up the steel ring steps and stands on the apron looking towards Triple H who isn’t enjoying what Barrett has to say.

WADE BARRETT:
Last night, without Nexus may I add, I comprehensively defeated John Morrison to retain this title …

Barrett lifts the WWE Championship in the air as Lawler mutters something about it not being a comprehensive win at all.

WADE BARRETT:
And in 6 weeks, the first ever British WWE Champion becomes the first Brit to headline WrestleMania – do you really think I’m going to disappoint my entire country and Her Majesty the Queen by losing the title to you? If you were watching closely last night, you would have seen a Summerslam advert. In five months, Summerslam will be at Wembley Stadium in London. Do you think I’m going to let somebody else headline that event as the WWE Champion?

Barrett glares at Hunter but then steps through the ropes and straightens himself up in the ring. The cocky arrogant demeanour of Barrett is back – he looked a little shaken by Nexus’ desertion last week. Barrett looks at Triple H and smirks again.

WADE BARRETT:
Face it, old man. Your time is over. If it wasn’t for our General Manager, you wouldn’t have made it to Elimination Chamber never mind WrestleMania. And you want to stand here lecturing the WWE Universe and me about dishonour? About not deserving what you have?

A quizzical, taunting look passes over Barrett’s face.

WADE BARRETT:
Fact is, Triple H, you can taunt me over my title reign as much as you like. I have the WWE Championship. I am the WWE Champion. Last night, despite the same words from my challenger, I walked out successful again. John Morrison was wrong. You are wrong.

Barrett laughs and steps closer to Hunter so there is inches between them …

WADE BARRETT:
And at WrestleMania, I prove that I am right.

Barrett lowers the microphone as he stares into the eyes of the Game. Neither man is backing down and the tension rises in the arena before …

*** SEXY BOY ***
ShawnMichaels-GM.jpg

SHAWN MICHAELS

RAW GENERAL MANAGER

A big pop echoes around the arena as the popular RAW General Manager heads out looking chirpy as usual. There is no pyro though tonight, HBK seems all business as he heads for the ring. He holds his hand up to signal for the music to be stopped as he approaches the ring …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Hold it, hold it! Not tonight, boys!

Barrett and Triple H both step back from each other and turn their attention towards HBK as he steps into the ring.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
I want to get straight down to business with ya. First of all, congratulations to you both. You both won your respective matches last night and now you’re headlining WrestleMania 27 for the WWE Championship. A chance to prove to the world that you are the best here on RAW on the biggest stage of all.

Barrett nods his head smugly; Hunter continues to glare from HBK back to Barrett.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
But, gents, it ain’t no secret around here that me and the boss … well, we don’t get on that well.

Boos at the mention of Chip Butty …

WADE BARRETT:
A fine, upstanding gentleman …

HBK looks surprised at Barrett’s interruption but he continues …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Of course, Mr. Barrett. I’m sure you know him well. But, like I say, he’s no fan of mine and I gotta’ do what I gotta’ do to keep myself in a job. Monday Night RAW needs to be the most entertaining, the most awe-inspiring show that the WWE has seen. Which is why we have a problem.

HBK’s face turns serious.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Hunter, Barrett is right. (There is a shocked sound around the arena) You had a chance to win the WWE Championship at the Rumble and you … well, you didn’t get the job done. We’ve already seen Wade Barrett defend the WWE Championship against Triple H at the Rumble and … well, I can’t let the same match main event WrestleMania 27, can I?

Some boos in the arena for these comments from the GM as Barrett nods his head …

WADE BARRETT:
Spot on, Shawn, I think that …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Erm, excuse me. Shut up for a moment, will you?

Barrett looks annoyed as HBK smiles round at the crowd.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
So, I’ve made a decision that will make things a little more interesting. At WrestleMania 27, it will be Wade Barrett defending the WWE Championship … He will be defending it against Triple H …

Barrett and Triple H look on confused as HBK continues …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
… but you will be joined by up to four other RAW superstars!

A mixed reaction in the arena; some like the idea, some wanted to see Triple H destroy Barrett one on one and take the title. Hunter seems to begrudgingly accept his friend’s reasoning but Barrett’s face is enraged!

WADE BARRETT:
You can’t do that! You … Err …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Spare me the whining, will you? I’ve made my decision and I’m sticking to it. Tonight, you two will go one on one with two RAW superstars of my choosing. If you win, they fail to make it into the match at WrestleMania. However, if they beat you, they’re in. Next week, it’ll be the same deal. Now, it could end up being a Six Pack Challenge …

Barrett looks on exasperated …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
But if you both win both your matches, it will remain Wade Barrett vs. Triple H. If you want it one on one, guys, you gotta’ earn it!

Barrett looks menacing as he argues with HBK off microphone but Triple H decides to speak up again.

TRIPLE H:
Shawn, I understand. I don’t like the decision but I understand why you feel you need to make that decision.

The pair of them shake hands.

TRIPLE H:
Who will we be facing?

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Tonight, you will face Kurt Angle … (Hunter nods his head) … and Barrett, you will face John Morrison.

Cheers as Morrison is given another shot.

TRIPLE H:
I have no complaints about getting the chance to destroy Angle again, trust me. As for you, Wade … Do me a favour? Get the job done, won’t you?

Triple H smirks and drops the microphone to head out of the ring. He starts to leave as Barrett regains the use of his voice …

WADE BARRETT:
Michaels, this is … this is an outrage. What the hell … Why …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
It’s simple. If you want to defend the title against Hunter at ‘Mania, you gotta’ beat Morrison tonight and another guy next week. What’s so hard to understand?

Barrett yells out in anger and then gets right in HBK’s face …

WADE BARRETT:
You want to think this through a little more, Michaels. I know Chip Butty well – one word from me and I don’t like your chances of holding that job much longer. If I were you, I’d change my mind.

HBK looks Barrett squarely in the eyes with a knowing look …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Are you threatening me? Trust me, boy. You don’t want to do that.

Pop from the crowd.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
If I were you, I’d get out of the ring right now and go and prepare for your match later.

Barrett gets right in HBK’s face and then shoves him roughly in the chest …

WADE BARRETT:
Let’s see what you’ve got, Shawn. (Barrett drops the belt) Come on. Let’s see it.

HBK laughs.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
So your fellow Brit can fire my ass? I don’t think so. Get out of my ring. You’ve got a match coming up later.

A roar of rage from Barrett who swings a punch at HBK all of a sudden. HBK ducks quickly and avoids the contact and then threatens to hit a Superkick but holds back … Barrett turns away before HBK can connect and spins right into Triple H who is back in the ring. He kicks the WWE Champion in the gut, to the delight of the crowd, hooks his arms up … Pedigree? No! Barrett forces himself out and a brawl ensues between the pair. Barrett gets the upper hand and he pounds at Triple H – who went through the gruelling Elimination Chamber last night – before lifting him up onto his shoulders quickly … WASTELANDS! BARRETT LAYS OUT TRIPLE H WITH WASTELANDS! The crowd are shocked as Barrett, smirking, gets back to his feet. He taunts the crowd for a second, turns for the WWE Championship belt … BAM! SUPERKICK! SWEET CHIN MUSIC! Barrett’s head snaps back as HBK connects with the kick and lays out the WWE Champion as well! However, HBK looks angry with himself as he looks down. What has he done? JR reminds us that HBK has been warned before about getting physically involved with the superstars … JR speculates on what HBK has done to his role as General Manager as we head into a commercial with the camera on him.

*** COMMERCIAL ***

RAW returns with footage from before the break featuring HBK’s announcement of the potential extension to the current WrestleMania WWE Championship match, the matches between HHH and Angle and Barrett and Morrison set for tonight and then the Wastelands and Sweet Chin Music we saw. We then head backstage where we see HBK looking worried as he walks down the corridor and into the room marked RAW General Manager. He closes the door looking as if he is in deep trouble. The camera switches to the ring where we see that we are getting ready for our first match of the evening …

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***
Sheamus.jpg

SHEAMUS

WITH HORNSWOGGLE

As we see Sheamus pounding his chest in the ring, Hornswoggle runs around excitedly proclaiming his fellow Irishman to be amazing. JR and King remind us of Sheamus’ exploits last night in the Chamber and that he reached the final three last night before being eliminated by his old foe and eventual winner, Triple H. Sheamus looks annoyed in the ring as he prepares for tonight’s match and a chance to get himself back on track.

*** ONE OF A KIND ***
RVD.jpg

ROB VAN DAM

The ever popular RVD heads out into the arena and is met by a loud cheer as he stands on stage using his thumbs to point to himself. As he heads for the ring, JR introduces a pre-recorded interview with RVD who is returning tonight after a short injury lay-off …

ROB VAN DAM:
Since my return to WWE a couple of months ago, things haven’t worked out so well. A couple of losses here, an injury there – I’m ready to get back on top though. So tonight, I face Sheamus, the Celtic Warrior and a true badass dude. But I am going to take him out, I am going to beat him and I am going to start proving that I deserve to be given title shots by the RAW General Manager because I am … R … V … D!

RVD smirks before the camera returns to the ring and a smiling RVD; Sheamus is scowling though, he doesn’t like that comment. JR and King discuss how important this match could be with two more RAW superstars set to be given a chance to headline WrestleMania next week as Angle and Morrison have been given tonight. The bell rings and we get the action underway here on RAW …

SINGLES MATCH:
ROB VAN DAM vs. SHEAMUS (w/Hornswoggle)

Sheamus is clearly angry over his loss at the Chamber last night and RVD’s comments haven’t helped, he comes out determined to hurt somebody and RVD gets in the way. Sheamus’ power is too much in the early stages as he pounds at RVD and is threatened once or twice with a DQ if he doesn’t break. RVD is struggling to get going but he finally manages to duck Sheamus as he comes rushing for a clothesline in the corner and hits some of his trademark kicks that rattle Sheamus and allow him to get into the match. RVD manages to use his kicking arsenal to stun Sheamus but the problem is that Sheamus’ power is too much for him and this is allowing the Celtic Warrior to dominate the contest as it heads towards a conclusion.

ENDING: Unfortunately for Sheamus, RVD is nothing but resilient and he keeps coming back for more. As Sheamus traps him in the ropes and pounds his chest, RVD slumps down and appears to be on his last legs. However, Sheamus’ attempt at a flying shoulder block over the top rope fails as RVD dodges it and then, with Sheamus on his knees, a roundhouse kick almost takes his ginger head off! RVD hits Rolling Thunder but only gets a 2 count as he desperately looks to get his WWE career on track here tonight. Spotting his chance, RVD leaps up onto the top rope and the crowd rise to their feet as they realise what is coming. RVD milks the moment with his thumbs before launching off the top rope … FIVE STAR FROG … NO! Hornswoggle’s cries to Sheamus worked, the Irishman moves at the last moment and RVD eats the canvas instead. RVD is stunned and gets groggily to his feet … BROGUE KICK! SHEAMUS WITH THE BROGUE KICK OUT OF THE BLUE! He hooks the leg of RVD …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

WINNER: SHEAMUS (06:25)

JR and King sympathise with RVD as Sheamus’ hand is raised in victory; they suggest that Sheamus is still the most dominant superstar on RAW, maybe the WWE, right now and that RVD was up against it from the start. As Sheamus looks out at the crowd, who are giving him the usual grief, he steps over to the ropes and demands a microphone …

SHEAMUS:
You know, it’s a funny thing here in the Dubya’ Dubya’ E, if ya’ face don’t fit, you get jeered and booed by all of you morons at ringside. Quite frankly, it’s a bit embarrassing.

Sheamus’ words are not winning him any fans with the WWE Universe.

SHEAMUS:
Take me, for example. Oy’ have dominated here on RAW for months now but have oy’ been given the title shot oy’ deserve?

Sheamus shakes his head in annoyance.

SHEAMUS:
No. When oy’ beat Triple H in an Ambulance match, did oy’ get a shot? No. When Triple H lost again in 3 Stages o’ Hell, did oy’ get a shot? Damn right. No.

Sheamus smirks and laughs to himself.

SHEAMUS:
You see, here in the Dubya’ Dubya’ E, it seems that if you don’ have a personal friendship with the GM like Hunter or a sob story like this fella …

Sheamus points down at RVD.

SHEAMUS:
… you get nothin’ but disrespect and lies. Fact is, oy’ am tha’ future of the company, not “has-beens” like Triple H and RVD. Maybe it is toym’ for them to retire?

Sheamus looks angered as he throws down the microphone and looks at RVD who is getting to his feet … BROGUE KICK! ANOTHER BROGUE KICK FROM SHEAMUS TO RVD! JR and King are angered by Sheamus’ actions but the Celtic Warrior grins before leaving the ring and beckoning to Hornswoggle to follow him. He thumps his chest again before yelling out, maybe in frustration, to the crowd. JR says that Sheamus’ probably has a case that he should be challenging for the WWE Championship but then slams the way he has just tried to get noticed here at the expense of RVD. The camera focuses on the motionless RVD as we head into a commercial …

*** COMMERCIAL ***

RAW returns with Josh Mathews who is stood backstage with a WWE doctor.

JOSH MATHEWS:
Ladies and Gentlemen, I am joined at this time by the Senior Ringside Physician of the WWE, Doctor Chris Amann. Last night at the Elimination Chamber PPV, during the RAW Chamber match, The Miz was hit with a Pedigree on the steel …

Still images are shown of Triple H hitting the Pedigree to Miz on the outside of the ring, down onto the steel flooring, from several different angles. There are further images of Miz being helped out of the Chamber and then out of the arena in an ambulance later. The camera returns back to Mathews and the doctor …

JOSH MATHEWS:
Doctor Amann, could you update us on the condition of the Miz?

DOCTOR CHRIS AMANN:
Certainly, Josh. Last night, The Miz was hit with a Pedigree from Triple H and myself and several other WWE physicians took a look at Miz afterwards. Unfortunately, the news is not good. As well as suffering a broken nose, Miz has also been diagnosed with a severe concussion that will unfortunately keep him out of action for the foreseeable future. He has returned to his hometown of Cleveland, Ohio, to recuperate where he continues to be monitored regularly.

JOSH MATHEWS:
Thank you, Doctor Amann.

The camera switches back to the ring where the United States Champion, Justin Gabriel, is in the ring …

*** AFRICA RISING ***
JustinGabriel.jpg

JUSTIN GABRIEL

US CHAMPION

JR and King discuss and repeat the information we just received regarding Miz before returning to Gabriel who is stood in the ring. JR reminds us of the actions of Nexus last night as they yet again interfered in a match involving Gabriel, the former Nexus member, to help him win. King says that Gabriel is a “genuine guy” and that he believes him when he says that Nexus are acting of their own accord and not through his personal request.

JUSTIN GABRIEL:
Last night, I beat Ted DiBiase and retained the United States Championship with a 450 Splash. Although I am delighted to still be the US Champion, I was incredibly annoyed to find out later on that Nexus attacked DiBiase and helped me to get the win.

Gabriel looks annoyed.

JUSTIN GABRIEL:
First of all, I would like to make it clear that I never asked Nexus to help me out last night, I never asked them to protect me at the Rumble and I am just as surprised at their actions as all of you. I have made several requests to them now to stay out of my business but they keep interfering where they are not wanted. I have heard and read all the accusations from some of the WWE Universe who suspect that Nexus’ involvement in my matches is something to do with me but, I assure all of you, that is not true.

King utters that he believes the young South African.

JUSTIN GABRIEL:
I am embarrassed by the way I won last night and I don’t feel that I did win. Therefore, I would like to invite Ted DiBiase out here tonight to face me again for the United States Championship.

Applause in the arena and a mutter of agreement from JR.

JUSTIN GABRIEL:
I intend to prove that I can retain this title without Nexus’ help, DiBiase. And as for the Nexus guys backstage, I want you to stay away tonight.

Gabriel waits and waits …

*** I COME FROM MONEY ***
TedDiBiase.jpg

TED DIBIASE

DiBiase heads out onto the stage with a microphone applauding Gabriel sarcastically.

TED DIBIASE:
Very good, Gabriel. Very good. But let me tell you something, you aren’t fooling me. You might fool these people but not me. I accept your offer of a title match later tonight but I am personally going to ensure that your Nexus friends don’t interfere here tonight. Money talks, Gabriel. Money talks.

DiBiase stares down to the ring where Gabriel looks a little confused as he readjusts his title. DiBiase turns and leaves the stage as JR and King hype up the upcoming contest between Gabriel and DiBiase for the US Championship later tonight on RAW. JR says he hopes that Nexus leave these two to sort this out once and for all so we can all see who the better man is and who deserves to be US Champion. The screen splits into a split-screen showing two popular WWE superstars walking backstage and clearly ready for action – Chris Jericho and Daniel Bryan. JR hypes them both up as being unlucky in last night’s RAW Chamber before saying that they get chance to get back on track tonight as they face each other one on one after the break.

*** COMMERCIAL ***
 
GCBRAW.png

(CONTINUED)

RAW returns with footage from backstage where we see Ted DiBiase speaking to the RAW General Manager, Shawn Michaels.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Ted, Ted, Ted, I don’t need to be bribed, OK? That isn’t me at all. I heard Gabriel’s offer of a match, I’m happy for it to be official tonight here on RAW. And you’re right, Nexus need to be taken out of the equation. So, tonight, it’s Justin Gabriel defending the United States Championship against Ted DiBiase … and Nexus are barred from interfering in the match. Happy?

DiBiase looks happy as he turns and leaves the GM office; JR and King say that HBK made the right decision as the camera heads back out to the ring where it is time for the arrival of one of the men who came up short last night in the RAW Elimination Chamber. The lights go out and the countdown begins to the cheers of the crowd …

*** 5 ***
*** 4 ***
*** 3 ***
*** 2 ***
*** 1 ***

*** BREAK THE WALLS DOWN ***

ChrisJericho.jpg

CHRIS JERICHO

As usual, a huge reception for Jericho as he comes out and milks the crowd as he heads towards the ring. He stops in the aisle to take in the adulation as JR and King remind us of Jericho’s entry into the Chamber last night to replace Edge after HBK made the decision that Edge was to be removed from the match. JR says that it is time for Jericho to step up and become a legitimate threat to the WWE Championship once again and that he hopes to see him step up as we head into WrestleMania.

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***
DanielBryan.jpg

DANIEL BRYAN

Sidestepping down the ramp, here comes the former US Champion and another man who was unlucky in the Elimination Chamber last night, Daniel Bryan. He slaps hands with the WWE Universe as he heads up the steps and into the ring and removes his jacket before jogging on the spot as he looks for a big victory over one of the more established stars here in the WWE. Which of these men will get back on track here tonight?

SINGLES MATCH:
CHRIS JERICHO vs. DANIEL BRYAN

Sportingly, Jericho and Bryan shake hands quickly before the match begins and then proceed into a technical battle that showcases both men’s submission skills over the course of the contest. As King mentions, Bryan is probably the more dangerous when it comes to the number of submission holds he knows but the real battle is between the Walls of Jericho and the Le Bell Lock that are both almost guaranteed victories should they be locked in. However, the battle fails to result in either man winning out despite several attempts from both to lock in their preferred move.

ENDING: Finally, one of the two men manages to lock it in; LE BELL LOCK FROM DANIEL BRYAN TO JERICHO! Centre of the ring, Jericho struggles and squirms but he refuses to tap out, the WWE Universe have really got into this match and they want to see more as Jericho stretches and strains for the ropes. In the end, he manages to reach the bottom rope and he grasps it with his right hand to cheers. Bryan, sportingly, immediately releases the hold but pulls Jericho back to the middle of the ring with his legs and goes for it again. Counter from Jericho, he rolls Bryan up into a schoolboy …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BRYAN ESCAPES AT THE LAST MOMENT! **

Bryan was almost caught out there but he is quicker to his feet and he hits a series of thudding kicks to the arms and back of Jericho, who is knelt, that sends his opponent back down. Bryan again tries to lock in the Le Bell Lock but Jericho fights desperately away and Bryan settles for a German Suplex that crashes the shoulders and back of Y2J down on the mat. Bryan quickly releases and heads for the corner, he climbs to the top rope and pauses to compose himself before leaping off the top buckle … Diving Headbutt! Bryan’s head connects with Jericho’s shoulder and he makes the cover. Big win for Bryan?

** 1 **
** 2 **
** JERICHO KICKS OUT JUST IN TIME! **

However, Bryan shows his cleverness as he keeps Jericho down and locks in the Le Bell Lock again! LE BELL LOCK! But Jericho is prepared and he struggles to his knees as Bryan locks him up and he slides his opponent to his back.

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BRYAN KICKS OUT! **

Both men quickly spin to their feet, Bryan swings his right leg once more towards Jericho’s head but it is ducked … CODEBREAKER! JERICHO HITS THE CODEBREAKER! However, to the dismay of Jericho, Bryan rolled under the rope and fell to the floor outside. Jericho quickly follows and he lifts Bryan back to the apron and shoves him back into the ring before hooking the leg …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BRYAN REACHES OUT AND GRABS THE ROPE! **

Jericho shakes his head in frustration but also applauds for a second, he respects the spirit shown their by Daniel Bryan. However, there is no mercy to be shown and Jericho grabs Bryan’s legs and looks to apply the Walls … However, Bryan is ready and he rolls Jericho up again into another pinfall attempt …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** JERICHO KICKS OUT! **

Bryan though is noticeably slower up this time and Jericho is able to hit a clothesline in the corner after he whips him there in the first place. With Bryan groggy, Jericho uses the Bulldog to take him down before springboarding off the middle rope … LIONSAULT! JERICHO HITS THE LIONSAULT! Here we go! Jericho realises that Bryan is fighting hard and he decides to launch straight into the submission rather than a pin here. WALLS OF JERICHO LOCKED IN! Jericho turns Bryan over and sits back to increase the pressure on the lower back of Bryan who desperately seeks the ropes but cannot reach. Bryan changes tactic and tries to grab the leg of Jericho but this proves impossible too and he is left with no alternative …

** TAP! **
** TAP! **
** TAP! **

WINNER: CHRIS JERICHO via submission (11:14)

As “Break the Walls Down” echoes around the arena, Jericho and Bryan receive a great ovation from the crowd for putting on a clinic here tonight. Jericho is clearly delighted with the victory and he takes in the adulation of the WWE Universe but he ensures that he checks on Bryan when he gets up. The two of them share an embrace in the centre of the ring which makes the fans happy before Jericho heads for the top buckle once more and allows Bryan to leave. As Bryan makes his way up the ramp though, he is suddenly attacked by a man who runs from the shadows and crashes a steel chair over the back of him. Bryan staggers, not expecting the chair shot, he spins around and the chair is jammed into his ribs as well. The spotlights highlight the area and we see that it is Husky Harris, the NXT Season 2 rookie, who is attacking Bryan …

HuskyHarris.jpg

As JR and King object on commentary, Harris grabs Bryan by the back of the neck and rams him face first into the screens at the top of the entranceway and Bryan smashes into them with a crash. As Bryan groggily recovers, Harris grabs him again and forces his head down so that he sets him up … POWERBOMB! ON THE STEEL STAGE! Bryan crashes down with a huge smash and Harris stands over him with a look of aggression in his eyes. Jericho has spotted the antics of Harris on the stage and he rushes out of the ring and up the ramp but Bryan’s attacker disappears through the entrance and leaves Jericho to tend to the fallen Bryan. He is clearly worried as he signals for the doctors to come over quick to see to Bryan … JR and King worry out loud about Bryan’s condition as we see replays of the Powerbomb delivered by Harris before we cut backstage to the General Manager’s office where HBK is watching the events unfold on the TV with a look of shock on his face.

???:
Switch that damn monitor off, I want a word with you.

HBK spins round as the crowd boo and jeer the appearance of the Rated R Superstar, Edge.

EDGE:
Do you know what, Michaels? I knew you were a low down, selfish, egotistical … but this takes the biscuit. Last night, I should have won that Elimination Chamber match, I should be heading to WrestleMania to become the WWE Champion … But you decided that I wouldn’t. Damnit, I want an explanation and I want one now!

The RAW General Manager looks peeved off with the fact that Edge barged into his office but he listens to Edge’s words before responding.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
First of all, Edge, please come in. Second of all, don’t you think I have more pressing concerns right now with the well being of Daniel Bryan?

Edge shakes his head in fury; he shoves the TV monitor over and the crowd gasp at the disrespect Edge is showing the GM here.

EDGE:
I think you have bigger concerns with me, Michaels. I am a bigger star than Daniel Bryan ever will be and I am demanding some answers.

HBK looks angered now and he turns to face Edge with his eyes blazing.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Are your ears not working? I told you last night. For the past two weeks, I have demanded a clean finish to your qualifying match with Chris Jericho and for two weeks, you have taken the sneaky, cheating way out instead. I made a stand, Edge. I will not tolerate cheats here on RAW. That is why I took you out of the Chamber and replaced you …

EDGE:
That’s crap and you know it!

Edge looks crazed with rage here and there is fear for the GM as Edge takes a step towards him.

EDGE:
Everybody knows what is happening round here. It’s clear for every single person to see, you have problems with me because I threatened to break your little laptop when you were the Anonymous RAW General Manager and now you want to punish me for it. Isn’t that right?

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Don’t be pathetic, Edge! I don’t like you, I will admit that but I am the General Manager of RAW. It is my job to be fair and impartial at …

EDGE:
Impartial? Ha! Good one!

Edge laughs at the idea, he clearly thinks HBK has been treating his friend, Triple H, with bias.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Yes, impartial, Edge. It is my job and if you want to get anywhere here on RAW, then you’d better damn well earn your shot. Do I like you? No, I don’t but let’s look at your record of late, shall we? Survivor Series – you deliberately lost RAW the match and we lost John Cena from the show. You haven’t had a clean win for months and months. Shall I go on? Do you really think you deserve a shot at the WWE Championship?

Edge looks frustrated by the words of HBK who seems to have made some kind of a point. He takes a deep breath before answering but it is clear that he doesn’t agree with HBK still.

EDGE:
You know, Shawn. I used to like you. You used to be a guy that the WWE locker room could look up to. But now? Now, you’re a hypocrite. The power of being the General Manager of RAW has gone to your head. But I’m going to do something about it. I can speak to Chip Butty any time I desire, I am going to lodge a formal complaint over my treatment here on RAW. Unless you begin treating me with the respect I deserve …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Edge, is that a fact? That’s good because I am going to treat you with the respect you deserve right now. I challenged you to earn your shot at the title, now I’m giving you the chance to take the first step towards it. Tonight, you will have a match, a PPV quality match that you crave.

Edge is listening with a wary look in his eyes.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
You see, Edge, you are going to go one on one tonight with …

Edge waits for the announcement …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
St. Louis’ very own … RANDY ORTON!

Edge almost has a fit as he tears at his hair in anger; however, the crowd in the arena are going crazy at the idea!

EDGE:
No! No! No no no no! You can’t do this to me, damnit!

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Guess what, Edge? I’m the RAW General Manager, I can. And what’s more, that match … is next! Good luck!

HBK walks away from the Rated R Superstar who looks fit to burst with anger. JR and King hype up the match and King reveals that Orton is in a foul mood tonight after his controversial loss to Cena last night at Elimination Chamber and the subsequent assault from Kurt Angle. JR says that we shouldn’t go anywhere because the match is next on RAW!

*** COMMERCIAL ***

RAW returns with the ring in view and it is time for the big match just announced by HBK …

*** VOICES ***
RandyOrton.jpg

RANDY ORTON

The roof almost blows off the Scottrade Center as the hometown Viper heads out into the arena ready for action. Wearing a custom made VIPER t-shirt and his usual black trunks, Orton looks angry over what happened last night at the Chamber but he acknowledges the cheers of his home town as they cheer and chant his name as he heads towards the ring. As the cameras pop around the arena, Orton lumbers towards the ring in his usual slow paced, methodical way as JR reminds us that he was defeated by Cena, in their final match, last night in controversial circumstances. King then reminds us of the aftermatch issues that Orton had with Kurt Angle as he was hit with the Angle Slam after the match, the second time in two months that Angle has assaulted the Viper. As the camera zooms in on a seething Orton in the ring, replays of the attack from Angle are shown and Orton watches these on the titantron with a look of rage in his eyes.

*** METALINGUS ***
Edge.jpg

EDGE

Another angry man enters the arena but he is also filled with trepidation as he eyes the Viper in the ring; Edge marches down to the ring muttering to himself before entering the ring and throwing his coat out of it. Edge shouts at the referee before rushing over and starting the match early with a cheap shot to Orton that knocks him down. The referee signals for the bell and the match is underway.

SINGLES MATCH:
EDGE vs. RANDY ORTON

Edge is like a man possessed in the early moments as he pounds and kicks at the Viper risking a DQ. However, Orton is nothing but resilient and he fights back with venomous right hands of his own to the delight of the crowd in the arena who are firmly behind him. The two men trade control of the contest until Edge gets the first big move of the match in as he hits a clothesline over the top rope that crashes Orton down to the floor. Edge uses the ring apron, the barricades and the ring steps to his advantage as he punishes Orton for what HBK has said to him. It is clear that Edge is the fresher man after he had the night off last night whereas Orton fought a gruelling match with Cena. However, you cannot count out Orton and he continues to rally throughout the contest and the match remains even as we approach the conclusion.

ENDING: Edge continues to have the majority of control but Orton keeps fighting back. At one moment, Orton appears to be setting up for the RKO after he DDT’s Edge from the middle rope but Edge, sensing he is in trouble, pulls the referee in the way to save himself. Orton gets more and more angry with the delaying tactics of Edge but things take a turn for the worse when the referee gets caught in the middle of the warring pair and is knocked down. Edge, deciding to take the opportunity, heads out of the ring and he grabs something from the pocket of his coat. As he rolls back into the ring, where Orton is just recovering from the bump with the ref, we see Edge has brass knucks on his hand and he is measuring Orton for a knockout blow. Edge stands behind Orton and waits for him to turn … Edge throws the punch and misses, Orton ducks it and then spinebusters Edge down to the mat where he sees the brass knucks. Grinning a sadistic smile, Orton picks up the knucks and surveys Edge as the crowd cheer their approval … Orton slides the knucks onto his hand and waits for Edge to get up … BAM! ORTON CLOCKS EDGE AND KNOCKS HIM COLD! The crowd roar as Edge hits the mat but there is a sting in the tail as Orton tosses the knucks away when the referee signals for the bell …

WINNER: EDGE via disqualification (07:47)

It becomes clear that the referee saw Orton’s use of the knucks and has disqualified him, quite rightly, and declared Edge the winner. Even in his groggy state from the bump, the referee could hardly miss the fact and Orton looks furious with how things transpired. King and JR suggest that Edge got what he deserved for introducing the knucks to the match but Edge is announced as the winner to the dismay of the St. Louis crowd here in attendance. Orton eyes Edge as he starts to get to his feet and everybody knows what is happening next … RKO! ORTON HITS THE RKO ON EDGE! The crowd go wild for the RKO and Orton’s music plays as he milks their applause. Edge slinks away with his tail between his legs tonight …

*** COMMERCIAL ***

RAW returns with news from the General Manager office. Next week, Edge will face Randy Orton once more and King applauds this decision; he suggests that Edge cannot take the cheap way out all the time. However, JR points out that Edge is likely to be annoyed by this decision once more and it will do nothing to help HBK’s relationship with him. In the ring, RAW ring announcer Justin Roberts is stood waiting.

JUSTIN ROBERTS:
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome … the new World Heavyweight Champion … (Huge cheers build) … THE UNDERTAKER!

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***
Undertaker.jpg

THE UNDERTAKER

WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION

For the first time in a while, the Phenom is making an appearance on Monday Night RAW as we head towards WrestleMania. His gongs echo around the arena before the darkness falls and the walkway fills with smoke. Through the shadows, Taker steps forward eerily and makes his way slowly towards the ring dressed in black. The crowd watch on in awe as he steps up onto the steps and brings back the lights signalling that the commentary team can speak once more. JR and King hype up the victory of Taker in the Chamber last night as he won the title previously held by CM Punk by pinning the game, brave Kofi Kingston. Taker opens his coat to reveal the shining World Championship title as JR speculates that he could now be defending the title at WrestleMania against the man who won the Royal Rumble, John Cena. As the eerie music ends, Taker lifts a microphone to his mouth ready to speak …

THE UNDERTAKER:
Last night, I became the World Heavyweight Champion …

Before Taker can continue though, he is interrupted …

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***
JohnCena.jpg

JOHN CENA

ROYAL RUMBLE WINNER

The crowd erupt into boos at the interruption and King gets excited on commentary as he announces that he has been waiting for this confrontation; he expected to have to wait for Friday night on SMACKDOWN but it appears that it is going to come early. Taker looks annoyed at the interruption but there is no sign of Cena coming out … Where is he?

???:
Up here. Big guy, up here!

A camera behind Taker shows the tron and there is the smirking face of John Cena sat in some room somewhere …

JOHN CENA:
First of all, I just want you to know Undertaker … I’ve been waiting a long, long time for this chance.

Taker looks on quizzically as Cena continues …

JOHN CENA:
For year and years, I’ve wanted this – but the powers that be have never allowed it to happen. The two biggest stars of WWE … John Cena … The Undertaker … Never before have we been allowed to face each other. But now, now that I have made the change, now that I have broken free of the crap that goes with pandering to the WWE Universe …

Boos for Cena’s words …

JOHN CENA:
Now I am free to come after you, now I am free to target you … now I am free … to end … the … Streak.

Undertaker’s face turns deadly serious now as Cena brings up one of the two things that define him: his WrestleMania streak. 18 matches, 18 wins. Not one person has managed to defeat him. Not Triple H. Not Superfly Jimmy Snuka. Not Ric Flair. Not even the legendary Shawn Michaels himself. But he has never ever faced the man looking down at him right now: Cena.

JOHN CENA:
I’ll tip my hat to you, Taker. 18-0 is impressive. The list of legends that have tried – and failed – to beat you reads as a genuine list of Hall of Fame candidates. Plus the Giant Gonzalez …

Small trickle of amusement in the crowd.

JOHN CENA:
But the Streak is something that just doesn’t impress me enough. You see, that list of superstars, impressive as it is, is missing a few names. Because, Undertaker, I know something about you that you won’t admit.

Taker’s face remains stoic but his eyes widen at the thought of what Cena might suggest here …

JOHN CENA:
Undertaker, I know it … You know it … You’re …

People wait with baited breath, what is Cena going to suggest here?

JOHN CENA:
A coward.

The arena isn’t impressed with that. Neither is JR on commentary and he suggests that notion is hideous.

JOHN CENA:
Hey, don’t shoot the messenger. I have the proof. You might not like hearing it but I have proof. Do you want to hear it? Let’s look at it objectively. When Undertaker entered the WWE in the early 1990’s, who was the big name star of the time? That’s right. I used to watch WWE programming religiously back then and I wanted to see him every week …

Cena builds it up as he pauses …

JOHN CENA:
… Hulk Hogan. But is he on the list, Deadman? Is he on the list of people that you have defeated at WrestleMania?

Cena mocks thought for a second …

JOHN CENA:
… NO! The legendary streak doesn’t include the greatest wrestling superstar of the 1990’s? Wow.

Undertaker is annoyed here and if Cena were in the ring, he’d be in danger. King suggests Cena wouldn’t have the guts to say that to the Phenom’s face …

JOHN CENA:
Maybe it was just a mistake. After all, Hogan did leave in 1993 so you only had three chances to face him. So let’s look at the other big name stars of the WWE in the nineties, shall we? What about Bret “The Hitman” Hart? Surely, he is on the list isn’t he?

Taker straightens up a little and looks even more agitated; Cena knows the answer to the question.

JOHN CENA:
No Bret Hart on the list? But he was in the WWE for over seven years alongside you, wasn’t he?

Cena’s words are cutting; but maybe he has a point?

JOHN CENA:
Let’s move on further. After the “Montreal Screw Job”, Taker, who was the dominating force in the WWE? Which superstars dominated the turn of the century? Surely you faced one of these two …

Two simulataneous chants break out in the arena: “Rocky! Rocky!” is audible but there is a slightly louder chant of “Austin! Austin!” as well.

JOHN CENA:
The Rock and “Stone Cold” Steve Austin? Are they on the list, Undertaker?

Undertaker throws down his hat in a rage and then his coat follows it onto the mat. He adopts a fighting stance and dares Cena to come down to the ring but Cena laughs and mocks him.

JOHN CENA:
Easy, big guy. Wait till Atlanta in six weeks. I’ll see you there. For now though, let us continue with the list of names not on the list. No Hogan, no Bret, no Stone Cold, no Rock … But they’re be gone now for the past decade. Which man has dominated the WWE in the past decade?

Cena again mocks thought.

JOHN CENA:
An old, frail Ric Flair?

Cena’s words are starting to piss off the crowd big time. In the ring, Taker removes the title belt and throws it down in anger.

JOHN CENA:
No, he hasn’t dominated WWE since Rock and Austin left. But you did beat him at WrestleMania didn’t you, Taker? What about Big Show and A-Train? No. Kane? No. Mark Henry? Errr … No.

Cena looks to be enjoying himself.

JOHN CENA:
Randy Orton? I’ve proved that he is not a dominating force around here but you managed to beat him at WrestleMania. What about Batista? No. I got rid of him last WrestleMania. An aging and past it Shawn Michaels?

The crowd are booing Cena’s every word now.

JOHN CENA:
No doubt, HBK is a legend but … he isn’t the dominant force in the WWE no more.

Cena laughs as the crowd chant “Cena sucks!” before continuing …

JOHN CENA:
The man who has dominated WWE for the past decade is talking to you right now, Deadman. And you’ve never beat me at WrestleMania. What is more, Taker, you’ve never ever had the balls to challenge me to a match at WrestleMania.

JR says that Cena’s words are embarrassing but they appear to be having the desired effect.

JOHN CENA:
So, Undertaker, I’m glad you won the title last night at the Chamber. Now I can face you at WrestleMania, I can beat you and become the World Heavyweight Champion … and I can end the Streak for good.

The hate for Cena continues …

JOHN CENA:
You see, the list of people you’ve beaten just isn’t that impressive. And when you face me, Taker, when you face the biggest star in the WWE at WrestleMania for the first time ever in your storied career … the Streak ends.

Cena sits smug on the tron as Taker again urges him to come to the ring and say it to his face. However, behind the Undertaker’s back, a figure leaps into the ring and picks up Taker’s discarded title belt. Calculating, he pulls down his hood to reveal himself: CM PUNK! The crowd yell out as Punk measures and then strikes Taker in the back with the belt. Taker stumbles with the impact and then Punk lifts him onto his shoulders … GO TO SLEEP! PUNK HITS THE GO TO SLEEP ON TAKER! The crowd are shocked and they boo Punk now as he picks up the microphone …

CM PUNK:
I agree with a lot of what you just said, Cena. First time for everything, I suppose. But let me assure you of something. At WrestleMania 27, you will not be ending the Streak. I am entitled to a rematch for the World Championship and I intend to take that rematch this Friday night on SMACKDOWN.

Some cheers of anticipation at this announcement …

CM PUNK:
So at WrestleMania 27, Cena, you won’t get chance to end the Streak … and this …

Punk holds up Undertaker’s World Championship belt …

CM PUNK:
You won’t be winning this either.

Punk notices that Taker is pulling himself up with the ropes and he stomps him squarely in the face to knock him back down before standing in the corner and holding his hands up with the World Championship high in the air as well. He stares up at the tron at Cena and then down at the fallen Undertaker, laughs and tosses the title down onto the champion before signalling that he will be the World Champion again very soon as RAW heads into another commercial.

*** COMMERCIAL ***

RAW returns with highlights of the chaos from before the commercial and the sight of Punk standing tall over Undertaker at the end of the segment. The camera switches to Punk backstage in the corridor as he heads for the parking lot when Michael Cole walks up to him.

MICHAEL COLE:
Punk, you made quite the impression out there.

Punk smirks but looks as if he doesn’t trust Cole an inch.

MICHAEL COLE:
And I love your suggestion. This Friday, live on SMACKDOWN … Undertaker against CM Punk, one on one … World Championship on the line.

Punk nods his head looking satisfied and then continues on leaving Cole watching on and clearly happy with his main event for this week’s SMACKDOWN show. The camera returns to the ring ready for the next match of the evening …

*** END OF DAYS ***
WadeBarrett.jpg

WADE BARRETT

WWE CHAMPION

As the WWE Champion heads down the ramp towards the ring, looking annoyed with this evening’s news, JR and King remind us of the opening promo of the show when HBK announced that Triple H and Wade Barrett would face each other at WrestleMania – but four others would have their chance to get into the match as well if they could beat either of them tonight or next week. As Barrett holds up the title and punches the air, King suggests that Barrett would prefer to keep it one on one and ensure that he could use some controversial tactic to retain the title.

*** AIN’T NO MAKE BELIEVE ***
JohnMorrison.jpg

JOHN MORRISON

As Morrison heads to the ring, JR reminds us that Barrett defeated him last night to retain the title but the effort from Morrison showed that he could hang at the top of the RAW card and be a WWE Champion of the future. King suggests that if he wins tonight, he could get that chance to win his first WWE Championship at WrestleMania in six weeks …

NON-TITLE SINGLES MATCH (if Morrison wins, he will challenge for the WWE Championship at WrestleMania):
JOHN MORRISON vs. WADE BARRETT

Morrison is looking determined to gain revenge from Barrett here tonight after his defeat last night and starts like a house of fire. Barrett is shocked and struggles in the early stages before resorting to going on the run outside the ring. The turning point of the match in the early going comes when Morrison knocks Barrett off the apron with a Chuck Kick after springboarding off the ropes. As Barrett lands hard on the floor outside the ring, Morrison rolls under the bottom rope onto the edge of the apron and steadies himself before going for an Asai Moonsault on the outside of the ring. Barrett sees it coming and moves and Morrison lands on the guardrails, his midriff crashing down on the edge, as Barrett steps away looking relieved at dodging the bullet …


*** COMMERCIAL ***

By the time RAW returns, Morrison has yet to recover from the Moonsault and Barrett is taking his time and liberties with his opponent. Still outside the ring, Morrison is dragged by the neck by the WWE Champion and is smashed into steel steps, the barricades and the announce desk before the referee is forced to intervene and he demands that Barrett take Morrison back into the ring or he will disqualify him. Barrett heeds the warning but hits a Big Boot to the face of Morrison as he gets up first and then slides back into the ring.

ENDING: The referee begins to count Morrison out as he struggles outside the ring whilst Barrett taunts the crowd. It appears that John Morrison will fail to reach his goal of a shot at the WWE Championship at WrestleMania as the count heads towards 10 …

** 7 **
** 8 **
** 9 **
** MORRISON MANAGES TO SLIDE INTO THE RING IN THE NICK OF TIME! **

Barrett is not impressed with the referee but he attacks Morrison and hammers him with some sick looking right hands before turning his attention on the official. The referee refuses to be intimidated but Barrett continues his arguments and shoves the referee in the chest; the referee shoves Barrett back and he is shocked and amazed at this, he stumbles back a little and Morrison, wits about him again, rolls him up for a surprise pinfall …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BARRETT KICKS OUT! **

The crowd were on their feet celebrating there; they thought it was over! Morrison springboards off the middle rope and hits a second Chuck Kick that knocks Barrett down. Has Morrison qualified?

** 1 **
** 2 **
** BARRETT KICKS OUT AGAIN! **

Morrison looks frustrated for a moment but he allows Barrett to crawl to the corner and he waits … Running Knee to the side of Barrett’s face! The crowd urge Morrison on as he drags Barrett from the corner and into the perfect set up … Morrison stands looking out from the corner of the ring and the crowd are up on their feet, he leaps up … STARSHIP PAIN! MORRISON HITS STARSHIP PAIN ON BARRETT! It’s over, John Morrison has made it to WrestleMania as he hooks the leg of the WWE Champion …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 … NO! BARRETT HAD THE ROPE! **

Morrison was almost celebrating there, the referee almost counted the 3 but Barrett’s hand on the rope denies Morrison a place at WrestleMania – for now. Morrison calculates his next move and heads for the outside of the ring and the apron. As Barrett staggers up, Morrison leaps up and springboards from the top rope looking for a top rope plancha – but Barrett readjusts and ducks it. Morrison stumbles but manages to hit the ropes and he comes back at Barrett immediately. The WWE Champion swings a big right arm at him, Morrison ducks under and hits the opposite ropes before coming back at Barrett as he turns around … Swinging Sidewalk Slam! Barrett plants Morrison down hard on the canvas before slumping back in pain. Failing to make a cover, the WWE Champion gets to his knees as Morrison starts to recover … Barrett lifts Morrison up quickly, he is going to take his chance here! WASTELANDS! BARRETT CRASHES MORRISON DOWN WITH WASTELANDS! He hooks the leg, can Morrison kick out?

WINNER: WADE BARRETT (9:36)

“End of Days” begins in the arena as Barrett stumbles back clutching his stomach, he has managed to overcome Morrison and end his dreams of main eventing WrestleMania with the WWE Championship on the line. As JR and King remind us that we are now down to a maximum of five men in the WWE Championship match at WrestleMania 27, Barrett is handed the belt and the referee raises his hand. Snatching his hand away, Barrett looks scornfully at the official before looking down at Morrison with a smirk. Two wins in two nights for the WWE Champion, neither with the help of Nexus, he is on a bit of a roll as we head towards the biggest show of his career in Atlanta in six weeks time. Can he prove the world wrong at WrestleMania?
 
GCBRAW.png

(CONTINUED)

The camera switches backstage where Josh Mathews is stood waiting to interview somebody. He builds up the identity of his interviewee for a moment before revealing that it is none other than the American Hero himself … Kurt Angle. With Team Angle 2, Joe Hennig and Percy Watson, flanking him, the three of them, decked in red, white and blue, look intimidating as they each glare at Mathews.

JOSH MATHEWS:
Kurt, last night at the Elimination Chamber, you again targeted the Viper, Randy Orton, as he was about to hit the Punt to John Cena. Can I ask why you have now twice attacked Randy Orton?

Angle smirks at the question and looks to both his associates who smirk back before he answers.

KURT ANGLE:
Josh, I don’t need to justify my actions to anybody. When you are an American Hero like myself, you have the respect of everybody and they should accept what you do. When you won the 1996 Olympic gold medal …

Angle pauses for a second …

KURT ANGLE:
… with a broken freakin’ neck, may I add … when you do that, you earn the right to do whatever you deem to be best and you earn the right to not be questioned about it. Randy Orton is a stain on the WWE, he is a disgrace to wrestling and what he was trying to do to Cena last night was reprehensible. I protected this business, I protected the WrestleMania main event and you should be down on your knees and thanking me …

Angle pauses but then glares at Mathews who stutters …

KURT ANGLE:
Josh, I said you should be down on your knees and thanking me …

Hennig and Watson step out from behind Angle and glare at Mathews as well who is forced, out of fear, to do as Angle asks. As the crowd boo, Mathews holds the microphone up from a kneeling position as Angle continues …

KURT ANGLE:
In this business, I, Kurt Angle, demand the respect of every single member of the WWE and the WWE Universe. I am a Wrestling Machine and I am not here to entertain, I am here to win. Just like I did in Atlanta in 1996. And speaking of Atlanta …

Angle forces Mathews’ hand up to bring the microphone closer to him.

KURT ANGLE:
In six weeks time, Atlanta hosts WrestleMania. The scene of my greatest accomplishment ever, I will be heading back once again to prove that I am an American Hero that the whole of the United States of America can trust and be proud of. Tonight, I face Triple H once more, I face him with the chance to prove I deserve a shot at the WWE Championship at WrestleMania … and I will prove I do. I will win tonight and then, in six weeks time, I will finally win the WWE Title once again.

Hennig and Watson pat Angle on the back at his words as Angle grins at the camera.

KURT ANGLE:
You people need a hero. Randy Orton is not a hero. I am.

The crowd boo and jeer as Angle looks out into the arena via the camera before he looks down at Mathews who is still kneeling.

KURT ANGLE:
Get up, you idiot.

Angle and his cronies disappear off camera as Mathews gets to his feet looking sheepish. The camera returns to the ring where the popular Justin Gabriel is already in the ring ready for his US Championship rematch here tonight …

*** AFRICA RISING ***
JustinGabriel.jpg

JUSTIN GABRIEL

US CHAMPION

JR and King remind us of the interference of Nexus in the original US Championship match last night when DiBiase had Gabriel looking as if he was beaten. However, JR reminds us that Gabriel was angry with that involvement and offered to face DiBiase again tonight. He also demanded, backed up by RAW General Manager Shawn Michaels, that Nexus were unable to intervene in tonight’s match at all. King says there is something he doesn’t quite get about the situation between Gabriel and Nexus and speculates that Gabriel could be pulling the wool over people’s eyes?

*** I COME FROM MONEY ***
TedDiBiase.jpg

TED DIBIASE

The music of the challenger begins and the boos ring around the arena as we await his arrival. However, there is no sign of him. Where is DiBiase? Gabriel looks confused in the ring as the seconds tick by with no sign of DiBiase … Suddenly, the camera switches backstage where we hear clattering and crashing as if there is some kind of disturbance. As the cameraman rushes up, we see that Nexus have attacked DiBiase backstage! JR and King are shocked as we see the four Nexus members – Slater, Otunga, Jackson and Sheffield – destroying the Prodigal Son who is trying to cover up but is being destroyed here. DiBiase is lifted up and he stands wobbling … MEATHOOK CLOTHESLINE FROM SKIP SHEFFIELD! DiBiase’s head cracks on the floor as he falls before Jackson lifts him up and puts him on his shoulders … TORTURE RACK! A shot of Gabriel in the ring is shown and he looks angry and exits the ring and rushes up the ramp … The camera returns to DiBiase and his attackers as Jackson releases the hold … only for Otunga to strike … FISHERMAN’S SUPLEX ON THE WOODEN CRATES! DiBiase writhes in pain as the rest of Nexus usher forward Heath Slater but just as he is about to drag up DiBiase, Gabriel comes rushing into shot. Nexus back off and away, they don’t want to be involved with Gabriel for some reason …

JUSTIN GABRIEL:
What the hell are you guys doing? What is this all about?

Gabriel kneels down beside DiBiase, a man he has been feuding with professionally recently, to check on his condition. DiBiase is in a lot of pain and Gabriel ushers over the doctors before standing up and walking towards Nexus as they continue to back off …

JUSTIN GABRIEL:
This has got to stop! I’m not in Nexus no more!

SKIP SHEFFIELD:
Maybe you should consider coming back, Gabriel? We’ve proven we want you on our team.

DAVID OTUNGA:
We’ve proven ourselves to you. We only have your best interests at heart.

HEATH SLATER:
We’re a team, man. Come back to the Nexus.

Gabriel angrily waves them away and the Nexus exit into the shadows as the South African turns back towards the fallen DiBiase with a look of concern in his eyes. As he watches the doctors tending to DiBiase, Gabriel looks troubled – but JR and King discuss the situation and King still isn’t trusting Gabriel; he claims there is something fishy going on here.

*** COMMERCIAL ***

RAW returns with a weary looking HBK in the General Manager’s office; he is speaking on his phone, it’s clearly an update on DiBiase, and reveals that DiBiase is on his way to the local hospital. As he hangs up the phone, HBK’s eyes narrow as Michael Cole, the SMACKDOWN General Manager, enters his office and comes into shot.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Cole. What a lovely surprise. Seriously, I’m not in the …

MICHAEL COLE:
Not in the mood? Last night, I wasn’t in the mood to have my head kicked but you did that anyway.

Michaels puffs out his cheeks and then turns back to Cole looking annoyed.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Last night, it was RAW’s Randy Orton and SMACKDOWN’s John Cena; they were facing off to end their feud once and for all. You wanna’ know why I kicked you?

Cole looks angry but interested.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
You were trying to help Cena win the match. Simple. Where I come from, you let two men fight it out between them. I wasn’t going to let you influence that match in any way and the easiest way to stop you was Sweet Chin Music.

Cheers from the crowd as they agree with HBK’s words …

MICHAEL COLE:
Admirable, Michaels. Admirable. Except I hadn’t interfered. You hit me with a vicious kick to the jaw and I should sue you for it …

Boos now for Cole’s comments …

MICHAEL COLE:
But I have a feeling that your antics might catch up with you soon so I won’t. The reason I’m here is our other discussion last night …

Michaels looks at Cole as if surprised by this …

SHAWN MICHAELS:
What about it? We agreed last night, didn’t we?

MICHAEL COLE:
We did. One SMACKDOWN superstar to RAW to replace Cena.

SHAWN MICHAELS:
And another trade that we agreed between us last night. What about it, Cole?

MICHAEL COLE:
Just checking that the trades are sorted and still agreed. The Board are clearing the contracts as we speak. You’ve remembered our agreement to not reveal the names of the traded superstars haven’t you?

SHAWN MICHAELS:
Are you just here to waste my time, Cole? We agreed all this last night. Once the contracts are cleared, we can announce our own trades. End of discussion. Now get out of my office before …

???:
Before you superkick him again?

Cole and Michaels both turn their heads and into the shot walks the WWE Chairman, Chip Butty. He looks annoyed as he enters the room. He shakes hands with Cole and then, hesitantly, with HBK as well. Butty looks at Cole and flicks his eyes as if to tell him to exit the scene, he wants to speak to HBK.

CHIP BUTTY:
Shawn, I’ll get straight to it. Your actions of late have been … questionable. You’ve hit Sweet Chin Music on Barrett and Cole and, quite frankly, I can’t keep standing back and allowing you to get away with it. Last night, you hit Cole; tonight, Wade Barrett. Now, I’m sure your intention were honourable but I cannot allow that. I am fining you two weeks wages as a result.

Boos around the arena at this news; HBK, though, swallows hard, bites his lip and appears to accept the decision without argument.

CHIP BUTTY:
Look, you’re a legend around here but I cannot sit back and watch you treat other superstars the way you are. Your treatment of Edge of late has been despicable, your decision making is erratic and you are getting physically involved where you don’t need to. Remember, Shawn, Undertaker retired you at WrestleMania 26. You are the General Manager – it’s time you started acting like one.

HBK looks down at his feet and continues to accept the words from Butty.

CHIP BUTTY:
You’re lucky we haven’t received a formal complaint, I suggest you make sure we don’t. You are on extremely thin ice, Shawn. Much as I respect your achievements in your career, I will not allow you to carry on the way you are doing. Consider this a verbal warning. I have my eye on you.

HBK raises his head and looks directly at the Chairman again; the atmosphere is frosty at best as the camera exits and returns to the ring where it is time for tonight’s main event. JR and King reflect on Butty’s words and remind us that, earlier tonight, HBK made the decision that Triple H and Wade Barrett, having headlined the Rumble last month, needed more star power for WrestleMania. King says that seems as if HBK is acting like a General Manager to him before JR continues by reminding us of the decision that HHH and Barrett would face two matches each against four other RAW superstars over the next fortnight; anybody who can defeat Barrett or Hunter will be added to the WrestleMania WWE Championship match. Highlights of the earlier match between Barrett and John Morrison are shown; Morrison failed to make it to WrestleMania but can Kurt Angle beat Triple H and earn his spot right now?

*** MEDAL ***
KurtAngle.jpg

KURT ANGLE

W/ JOE HENNIG & PERCY WATSON

Angle strides out, followed by Hennig and Watson, and points to the rafters as the red, white and blue fireworks explode behind them. The American Hero heads for the ring looking confident, determined and ready to reach WrestleMania 27 and the main event. As he enters the ring, JR reminds us that it was Angle that Triple H defeated in the final fall at the Elimination Chamber last night and that he is bound to be desperate for revenge. King hypes up Angle’s previous accomplishments in the city of Atlanta in 1996 and suggests that Angle should be in the main event at WrestleMania due to these.

*** TIME TO PLAY THE GAME ***
TripleH.jpg

TRIPLE H

The arena descends into darkness and green strobe lights circle the arena as the crowd cheer the arrival of the only man guaranteed to be challenging Wade Barrett for the WWE Championship at WrestleMania 27. The spotlight falls to the stage and we see Triple H appear as he heads to the ring ready to face an old, familiar foe once more. He leaps onto the apron and spits water into the air before saluting the fans as JR and King hype up his accomplishments so far in his career and speculate over whether he can win the WWE Championship once again. King says that Hunter’s best chance would be one on one and that, for a change, Barrett and him will be on the same page in wanting it one on one. The camera splits to show that Barrett is watching a monitor backstage with the WWE Championship around his waist and Triple H notices this on the tron. When he has the full attention of the camera again, he points to the WrestleMania logo in the roof and then to himself where he signals that he will soon be champion again.

SINGLES MATCH (if Angle wins, he will challenge for the WWE Championship at WrestleMania):
Kurt Angle (w/Joe Hennig & Percy Watson) vs. Triple H

An intense and hunger filled contest as these two sure-fire future WWE Hall of Famer’s go at it once more. Hunter desperate to keep the dangerous Angle out of the WrestleMania main event; Angle desperate to be in the WrestleMania main event with him. After the initial grapples and skirmishes, it is Angle, thanks to Hennig and Watson’s little distractions on the outside, who takes control of the contest. He hits a series of suplexes and submission holds but he is unable to force Hunter’s shoulders down for 3 or a tapout. However, he is unperturbed as he continues to use his mat wrestling skills to dominate. Unfortunately for Triple H, this is the pattern for the majority of the contest; every time he manages to get back into it, Angle’s team on the outside help to swing the momentum back towards their leader who takes full advantage as you’d expect. The referee is beginning to lose patience though and warns Team Angle to stay out of the contest …

ENDING: With the referee’s order ringing in their ears, Hennig and Watson are less involved and this allows Triple H to hit a Spinebuster and take control for the first time. However, with the beating he has taken so far in this match, the problems with Barrett earlier and the gruelling Chamber match last week, HHH is starting to gas out a little. As he seeks to hit the Pedigree, he is unable to hold Angle down and he is countered easily before Angle takes him down with a big clothesline. A German Suplex follows and Angle holds on looking to secure his WrestleMania spot …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** TRIPLE H KICKS OUT AT 2! **

Hunter is slow to his feet though and Angle hooks his arm behind his head and looks for the Angle Slam … but Triple H counters, escapes and hits a running high knee to Angle to knock him down and buy himself time. With both men down, the referee begins the count with JR and King speculating that a draw will mean that Angle fails to make it to WrestleMania. However, at 8, both competitors get to their knees and a brawl ensues as they face each other. Triple H’s right hands win the battle and he is able to take control once more; he whips Angle hard into the buckles before twisting Angle up and hitting a huge neckbreaker to crash him down again. He covers Angle …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** ANGLE KICKS OUT! **

Angle is proving to be stubborn but Triple H has found a second wind now and he signals that it is time for this match to end. Hunter hooks Angle’s arms and looks for the Pedigree but Hennig and Watson jump up onto the apron. This distracts Hunter once more but the referee misses it and the delay is enough; Angle hits a back body drop that gets him some time. He pulls down his strap and sets himself for the Angle Slam again. As Hunter gets slowly up, Angle is like a man possessed as he waits for his chance … He lifts Triple H up and over but it is countered again. Off balance, Angle turns as HHH lands on his feet. A kick to the gut, Angle bends forward … PEDIGREE! TRIPLE H PEDIGREES ANGLE! This one is over! He hooks Angle’s leg and prepares to end his WrestleMania dream …

** 1 **
** 2 **
** WAIT A MINUTE! **

Hennig and Watson drag the referee out of the ring as he is about to make the 3 count to huge boos throughout the arena. The referee is angry as hell and he gets up on the outside of the ring to confront the pair just before Triple H rushes out of the ring. He smashes into Hennig with a clothesline before he slams Watson head and shoulder first into the steel steps. Hennig swings at the Game who ducks … DDT! Hennig’s head bounces off the apron. The referee has to restrain Triple H as he tries to hurt the pair some more; credit to them, they are trying to entice him to come after them some more. However, the crowd suddenly go wild … In the ring, Angle is getting to his feet slowly but right behind him is the Viper …

RandyOrton.jpg

The crowd anticipate their hometown heroes next move … RKO! ORTON HITS THE RKO ON KURT ANGLE! He slithers out of the ring and over the barricades out of sight as the referee and Triple H return to the ring. The referee is ordering Team Angle to leave, he has ejected them from the arena. With Angle flat down on his face, Hunter looks out to the crowd and spots Orton. A knowing look passes between them as Hunter drags Kurt off the apron … PEDIGREE! HUNTER HITS THE PEDIGREE TO ANGLE!

** 1 **
** 2 **
** 3 **

WINNER: TRIPLE H (11:56)


“Time to play the Game!” echoes around the arena as Angle’s hopes of a WrestleMania 27 appearance in the WWE Championship match are ended thanks to Triple H … and, in large part, thanks to Randy Orton. With Orton gaining some revenge on Angle, he exits the arena through the crowd where the St. Louis fans applaud and cheer his actions before Triple H celebrates in the ring. King and JR hype up what we’ve seen tonight. The WWE Championship remains Triple H challenging the WWE Champion Wade Barrett with two more superstars to get chances next week to earn their spot in the match. Will it be a Fatal Four Way? A Triple Threat? Or will it simply be one on one, Barrett and Hunter, a single contest? King speculates over who will get their chance next week to earn their spot and JR says that knowing HBK, it could be anybody. As RAW ends, Triple H celebrates his victory with the fans as Angle looks furious outside the ring on the ramp.

*** END OF SHOW ***

=========================================

2fc70736-32ab-4720-852e-a9c03edd3f96_zpsf1d93f2d.jpg

WRESTLEMANIA 27

*** CONFIRMED MATCHES ***


***** No matches yet confirmed *****

*** SUNDAY 4TH APRIL LIVE AND EXCLUSIVE ON PAY PER VIEW ***

*** 6 WEEKS AWAY ***
 
OK, this BT Section isn’t the busiest, but it can only improve with regular shows, and reviews from other members and that’s what I'm gonna try to bring to WZ.

RAW REVIEW

Off the back of an incredible PPV, this weeks Raw rolls into Missouri, and Triple H is out to open up the show. A great exchange between Barrett/Hunter and the angle of Barrett being the ‘paper champion’ is set up brilliantly for Wrestlemania. I’m torn, as I want to see Barrett have his big moment, but I would welcome one more HHH title reign. Will be interested to see where you go with this.

A new and innovative idea by the GM, Shawn Michaels, and I look forward to seeing how many men do end up in the Main Event. Personally, I would want a straight up one-on-one, but when booking, you want to get everyone on the card if you can and multi-man matches are a great way of doing this. Haha, Chip Butty as the Chairman...good stuff!

Solid win from Sheamus, showing his brutality at the end too. Why is Hornswoggle there though? Sheamus should be on his own, for me.

Poor Miz. Will he make it to Wrestlemania 27? Only one way to find out.

Good promo from Gabriel, denying his links with the Nexus, but I don’t believe a word he’s saying. People will do strange and stupid things for glory.

A classic Bryan/Jericho match, and a good show of respect between the two...wait a minute! Husky Harris takes down Bryan, destroying him with a powerbomb. I hope this leads to Bryan/Jericho teaming up for Mania. Don’t know who Harris could find though.
Edge and Michaels look to be on a collision course. I wonder what Mania holds in store for him?

Orton and Edge have a good solid match, but Orton taking out his anger and frustrations on Edge. Well written segment, and I’m sure Edge will have something to say about the brutal attack next Monday.

Don’t understand why Taker and Cena are on Raw. Keep it on Smackdown to gain more viewers for the show. That being said, great promo from these two, and I’m led to believe if anyone can defeat Taker at Mania, it’s SuperCena. Cena’s mind games with Taker were excellently done. However, CM Punk could take away Cena’s chance at the Streak. I personally hope and think that it’ll be Cena. Quick side note, don’t make it all about the streak, it’ll devalue the title.

Good win for Barrett, and we’re on the road to a hopefully 1 vs. 1 matchup at Mania. Kurt Angle and Team Angle 2 (not very original there lol) cuts a good promo, scummy thing to do to Matthews.

Nexus attack DiBiase before the match can even start, surely meaning Gabriel is involved with them somehow. JG is adamant that this isn’t the case, but I’m with King, I don’t trust him!

Interesting promo from Cole and HBK, if you could just explain what they meant, like explain what is going down with those trades, I didn’t quite get it haha! Chip Butty (seriously love that name) tells HBK that he’s on thin ice, and that if he ain’t careful, he’s fired. I don’t like how HBK just took it lying down, I’d would’ve rather him fight back a bit. I hope to see an angle akin the McMahon/HBK angle soon enough between these two.

Last segment of the night now, and it’s HHH vs. Kurt Angle. I am hoping The Game gets the win here, and after the ref is distracted ORTON HITS AN RKO TO ANGLE! The Game...Pedigree..1! 2! 3! YES! Now, a maximum of four men in the Main Event, and Orton/Angle a sure fire feud for Wrestlemania, as well as the HBK/Edge saga continuing, Daniel Bryan/Husky Harris and also Gabriel (+Nexus??)/ DiBiase feuds could all culminate at Mania. Looking forward to SD, should be great with a WHC match between Punk/Taker, I see Cena screwing Punk. Keep these shows coming man 
 
  • Like
Reactions: GCB
GCBNXT.png

TUESDAY FEBRUARY 22, 2011 | @ THE SCOTTRADE CENTER, ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI | SEASON 3, WEEK 9

THE STORY SO FAR ON NXT SEASON 3:
NXT began in the first week of 2011 and featured 8 WWE superstars who were struggling for recognition and exposure; this would be their last chance to make it here in the WWE. The eight superstars were split between two NXT mentors – The Rock and John “Bradshaw” Layfield, better known as JBL – who would pass on their knowledge and experience to guide their team to survival. Well, that was the plan. From day one, JBL and The Rock had problems with their superstars and the road to survival has proven to be less than smooth so far. On Team Rock, we have the “Punjabi Playboy” Great Khali, the outspoken “Show Off” Dolph Ziggler – complete with Vickie Guerrero on his arm, the “Mexican Warrior” Chavo Guerrero and finally, R-Truth, the man who raps his way to the ring. On Team JBL, the “Chosen One” of soon to be Hall of Famer, Vince McMahon, Drew McIntyre, the “Moscow Mauler” Vladimir Kozlov, Montel Vontavius Porter – better known as MVP and the pint sized Kaval, winner of NXT Season 2. With a ranking system in place, the 8 men battled their way through the opening weeks to determine the early rankings. With the rankings determined by “Dead Man’s Boots”, i.e. if you beat a guy ranked higher, you swap places, each star looked to get to the top end of the rankings as fast as they could. For Kaval, this proved problematic when his mentor, JBL, wrote him off immediately. Yet to win a ranking match, Kaval sits bottom of the rankings but has been spared elimination due to winning the NXT Battle Royal at the Rumble and earning immunity from the first two eliminations. Drew McIntyre and Vladimir Kozlov have had no such issues with their mentor; both men seem intent on working with JBL, carrying out his dirty work and – in Kozlov’s case – turning on friends at JBL’s direction. Poor MVP struggled with this idea though; he realised that he could be making a mistake but he refused to “work” for JBL and ended up being the first man eliminated from NXT in Week 6.

On Team Rock, Khali used his weight and power to make an immediate impact and he has stayed clear of trouble so far. Dolph Ziggler, with Vickie by his side, has struggled with his relationship with Rock and found himself at the bottom of the rankings. Indeed, he beat MVP to survive in the first Elimination Match. However, since Rock’s injury lay-off, suspected to have been orchestrated and carried out by Team JBL, Ziggler has flourished with two huge wins that have propelled him to the Number 1 ranking. Chavo Guerrero and R-Truth have been mediocre so far though; Truth and Rock have clashed over the rapping whilst Chavo, intent on making his Uncle Eddie proud, has struggled to get out of second gear. This culminated in the second Elimination Match last week which Chavo won to eliminate Truth from the competition. Despite the support from the stand-in mentor, Mick Foley, Truth was unhappy with this and attacked the “Hardcore Legend” before leaving the WWE for good.

So the six remaining superstars are: Drew McIntyre, Vladimir Kozlov and Kaval for Team JBL; Dolph Ziggler, Chavo Guerrero and the Great Khali for Team Rock. With Rock out and now Foley out, who will mentor the Rock’s team in the coming weeks? And with the third elimination next week, who will be in the Elimination Match? As it stands, Kaval – now free to be eliminated again – and last week’s survivor, Chavo Guerrero, are the ones in the danger area. Can they escape this week on NXT?

*** WILD AND YOUNG ***
(American Bang)

When the credits end, Josh Mathews and Matt Striker introduce us to the show. They remind us of the current rankings …

1
Dolph Ziggler

2
Great Khali

3
Vladimir Kozlov

4
Drew McIntyre

5
Chavo Guerrero

6
Kaval

ELIMINATED
MVP (Week 6)
R-Truth (Week 8)​

… before informing us of two matches set for tonight – Dolph Ziggler, a week on from his amicable split from Vickie Guerrero, one on one with Great Khali with the top spot in the rankings up for grabs. Last week, remember, Ziggler pinned Khali to take top spot from the Punjab. And, with a chance to escape the bottom two, a Fatal Four Way between Kozlov, McIntyre, Chavo and Kaval. The winner will be third in the rankings, the loser last – and the others will stay in the order they already were in fourth and fifth.

First up tonight, it is the battle between the top two as Ziggler faces Khali. First out is Ziggler with replays of his interview with Vickie last week and their amicable split. Mathews tells us that Vickie has a big announcement for later tonight on NXT but has tweeted a good luck message to Ziggler earlier today ahead of this match telling him that he will always be her number 1. Lovely. Ziggler shows off in the ring before his team-mate on Team Rock, Khali, heads out as well. Without a mentor, how will these two continue to fare in the competition?


SINGLES MATCH:
DOLPH ZIGGLER (1) vs. GREAT KHALI (2)

The power of Khali proves too much for Ziggler in the early stages as – despite his best efforts – he is unable to take him down in any way. A Khali Chop appears to have finished Ziggler within a minute of the bell but somehow Dolph finds a way to kick out of the pin. Slowly and methodically, Khali continues to dominate but he is unable to put Ziggler away. The pace of Ziggler comes into play as the match winds on and he manages to stomp the back of Khali’s calf and take him down to a knee before locking on the Sleeper. This is on for a while and it seems as if Khali is beaten but Ziggler cannot force the submission or the KO. However, it does daze Khali and he becomes sloppy and misses a lot of his moves … Khali misses with a wild right hand, spins into the ropes and as he comes off them, off balance, Ziggler finds a way to surprise him with a Zig Zag! ZIGGLER HITS THE ZIG ZAG ON KHALI AND GETS A HUGE WIN!

WINNER: DOLPH ZIGGLER (05:38)

Another huge win for Ziggler, he is astonished as he makes his way up the ramp still the #1 in the NXT Rankings. He tells everybody that he is #1 to stay now and that he is going to be the man who wins NXT and makes his name in the WWE in the future. As we head into the first break, we see Vickie applauding backstage, she has been watching Dolph on the TV monitors, before she makes her way down the corridor ready to come out into the arena.

*** COMMERCIAL ***

“Excuse me!” greets us as we return to NXT after the commercial and out strides Vickie Guerrero grinning like a Cheshire Cat. She heads for the ring to a chorus of boos and cat-calls but she is unshaken tonight. She announces that she has huge news for the WWE Universe: VICKIE GUERRERO HAS BEEN MADE THE DIVAS EXECUTIVE! This means that she has the right to make all matches involving the WWE Divas on RAW, SMACKDOWN and NXT. She informs us that she has big plans for the Divas Division and aims to make it great once more. She says that later tonight, Michelle McCool will defend her Divas Championship – won at the Elimination Chamber of course – against former champion, Maryse.

Backstage we go for news and updates on The Rock and Mick Foley. Scott Stanford speaks to WWE owner Chip Butty who informs him that Rock is still on the shelf indefinitely whereas Foley is expected back in the next two weeks.

Back in the ring, we see that Zack Ryder is out and is pandering to the crowd as he throws up the LI sign before saluting them in the corner. Replays of Husky Harris’ attack on Daniel Bryan this week on RAW are shown before he heads out into the arena with a menacing look on his face as he prepares for his first singles match on NXT. The commentary team tell us that the attack has not gone down well backstage and that Chris Jericho in particular was not happy. With Bryan injured and home recuperating, Harris could find himself a marked man at RAW this Monday. The bell rings and off we go.


SINGLES MATCH:
HUSKY HARRIS vs. ZACK RYDER

In an impressive debut, Harris’ momentum continues as he ploughs his way through the challenge of Ryder. He dominates from the first bell as he uses his power and impressive, for a big man, agility to take down Ryder with ease. Ryder threatens a comeback when Harris tries to squash him in the corner and misses, he manages to knock down Husky and hit the Broski Boot in the corner. However, his attempt to hit the Rough Ryder fails when Harris is able to catch him, adjust him in midair and hit a devastatingly brutal powerbomb. HARRIS HITS THE POWERBOMB AND PINS RYDER DECISIVELY!

WINNER: HUSKY HARRIS (4:04)

Mathews and Striker hype up an impressive performance from Harris before he picks Ryder up once more … POWERBOMB! Why is Husky Harris intent on hurting people this way? NXT heads into a second commercial as Harris exits the arena.

*** COMMERCIAL ***

NXT returns with Michelle McCool and Kharma heading towards the ring with the Divas Championship strapped around Michelle’s waists. Still images from Elimination Chamber are used to show how Michelle won the title as we hear Layla speaking, she is on commentary, about the influence of Kharma at ringside. We are shown stills of the entrance of Trish Stratus and are reminded of her acceptance of McCool’s WrestleMania challenge – as long as she is the Divas Champion. Out comes Maryse. She looks intent on winning the title back and ending the proposed WrestleMania contest between McCool and Trish but has a wary look in her eyes as she moves closer to Kharma.

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH:
MICHELLE McCOOL (c) (w/Kharma) vs. MARYSE

Does anybody really believe that Maryse has any chance in this rematch?!! McCool dominates from the start and when she loses control a little, a menacing step forward or up onto the apron from Kharma usually has the desired effect. Within minutes, McCool locks in the Wings of Love and retains the title. WINGS OF LOVE, PINFALL … McCOOL IS STILL DIVAS CHAMPION!

WINNER: MICHELLE McCOOL (2:49)

McCool is not finished though and she drags Maryse off the mat looking angry that she dared to invoke the rematch clause. Kharma gets into the ring and McCool feeds Maryse to her. Kharma slams Maryse down hard on the mat and then hits a running splash to flatten the former Divas Champion. Layla rushes the ring to prevent further damage but McCool drags her off Kharma as she attacks, locks her up and hits the Wings of Love to her former Laycool buddy. McCool and Kharma stand over the broken bodies of Maryse and Layla looking dominant with the Divas title belt back around McCool’s waist. She has a microphone as well and she challenges Trish to show up on NXT, RAW or SMACKDOWN any time soon to speak to her face to face. McCool confirms that at WrestleMania 27 she will defend the Divas Championship against Trish Stratus and says that she is going to prove once and for all that she is the best Womens or Divas Champion of all time.

*** COMMERCIAL ***

Mathews and Striker remind us of what has happened tonight: Ziggler retaining top spot on the NXT rankings by beating Khali; Husky Harris’ win over Zack Ryder on his NXT debut; Vickie Guerrero being made the Divas Executive; and Michelle McCool retaining her Divas Championship over Maryse. Now it is time for the bottom two of the NXT rankings to be determined ahead of next week’s Elimination Match. First out is Kaval. Striker reminds us that he has yet to win in a Rankings match and that he is now available for elimination again. Can he get a win this week or next week to survive? Next out is Chavo Guerrero, the man who escaped last week. Can he avoid being in the Elimination Match for a second successive time? Out comes Vladimir Kozlov next. He looks determined to get another big win to stay out of any danger and then out comes his team-mate on Team JBL, Drew McIntyre. Once all four men are in the ring, the bell rings and the Fatal Four Way begins.

FATAL FOUR WAY MATCH
CHAVO GUERRERO (5) vs. DREW McINTYRE (4) vs. KAVAL (6) vs. VLADIMIR KOZLOV (3)

All four men go for it, all determined to avoid their spot in the bottom two heading into Week 10. It is the usual excitement of a Fatal Four Way early on as there are several near falls and things spice up even further when Kozlov breaks up a pinfall when McIntyre looks to have Chavo Guerrero pinned. Despite the fact it would have left both Kozlov and McIntyre safe, the Russian clearly wants the win and this leads to arguments between them and JBL heads out to calm them down. JBL at ringside opens up more potential for problems as he now tries to distract Kaval as well; he is determined that Kaval should be eliminated despite being his mentor. McIntyre manages to hit the Future Shock DDT on Guerrero but then Kozlov, to JBL’s annoyance, hits the Trapping Headbutts to McIntyre to leave him wounded outside the ring. Kozlov looks to pin Chavo but Kaval snaps his head with a wicked kick to the side of it before heading to the top rope. He leaps high … WARRIORS WAY DOUBLE FOOT STOMP TO KOZLOV! Kaval is set for his first win when JBL pulls him out of the ring! Kaval cannot believe it and takes a step towards JBL, his eyes threatening … but McIntyre grabs him and sends him flying head first into the steps and ring posts. Kozlov reacts quickly to hit a suplex to Chavo as they both get up in the ring. He then drags him back up, hooks his leg and lifts him up … IRON CURTAIN! KOZLOV HITS THE IRON CURTAIN TO GUERRERO! 1 … 2 … 3!

WINNER: VLADIMIR KOZLOV (06:49)

JBL, wisely, told Drew not to jump in and stop Kozlov, reminding him that they were both safe with that result. Although there is still a little tension between Kozlov and McIntyre, it seems that JBL has prevented any major problems as they both reach Week 10 without any imminent worries of elimination. However, the same cannot be said for either Chavo Guerrero, flat out on his back in the ring, or Kaval, face down on the floor outside the ring. The result means that Guerrero is now bottom of the rankings but Kaval’s failure to win the match means he only moves up to fifth. Next week, Chavo Guerrero will face Kaval in the third Elimination Match …

1
Dolph Ziggler

2
Great Khali

3
Vladimir Kozlov

4
Drew McIntyre

5
Kaval

6
Chavo Guerrero

ELIMINATION MATCH (Week 10)
Chavo Guerrero vs. Kaval​

Who will be eliminated next week? Tune in to NXT and see!


*** END OF SHOW ***

=========================================

2fc70736-32ab-4720-852e-a9c03edd3f96_zpsf1d93f2d.jpg

WRESTLEMANIA 27

*** CONFIRMED MATCHES ***


DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
MICHELLE McCOOL (c) (w/Kharma) vs. TRISH STRATUS

*** SUNDAY 4TH APRIL LIVE AND EXCLUSIVE ON PAY PER VIEW ***

*** 6 WEEKS AWAY ***
 
GCBSMACKDOWN.png


FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN – LIVE!
Friday February 25, 2011 | Kansas City, MI

No opening credits for SMACKDOWN tonight; the show opens with a shot of the ring in the arena where Tony Chimel is stood, suited and booted, waiting to announce something or somebody. He lifts up the microphone …

TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall … and it is for … the WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP!

Cheers throughout the arena and then attention turns towards the stage and the titantron as the music of the challenger begins …

“THIS FIRE BURNS”
*** CM PUNK ***
CHICAGO, IL

The usual mixed reception for the man from Chicago as he heads out looking around with an angry look in his eyes. The reaction of the WWE Universe is more negative than usual – partly down to the heroic status of his opponent in the upcoming title match – but the hardcore fans of Punk are still cheering their hero as he sweeps the floor, checks his taped wrists and yells out “It’s Clobberin’ Time” for the entire arena to hear. As Punk makes his way down towards the ring, he seems to be steeling himself up and convincing himself that he can do this. The SMACKDOWN announce team of Todd Grisham and Mick Foley welcome us to SMACKDOWN and recap the events that unfolded on Sunday night at the Elimination Chamber PPV when Punk lost the World Championship. Grisham says that Punk is determined to right the wrongs of Sunday night when his long term nemesis, Jeff Hardy, eliminated him from the Chamber and ultimately allowed The Undertaker to get the victory when he pinned both Hardy and then Kofi Kingston to be the last survivor and the new World Champion. In the ring, Punk stands up on the ropes in the corner and shoots his arms up shouting “Best in the World!” before leaping down and sidestepping around the ring ready for tonight’s rematch. There is a pause to allow the anticipation to build and then the lights in the arena disappear; the crowd’s reaction is electric as they prepare to welcome the new World Champion into the arena.

* GONG! *
* GONG! *
* GONG! *
* GONG! *
* GONG! *

As the gongs sound, the eerie thunder and lightning effects sound out in the background before the symphony music starts …

“GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY”
*** THE UNDERTAKER ***
DEATH VALLEY | WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION

Through the white fog and the fire balls blowing up on stage, the dark shadow of the new World Champion makes its way slowly towards the ring in the usual awe-inspiring ring entrance of the legendary Phenom. As he nears the ring, the crowd can be heard chanting “Un-der-ta-ker!” although most are simply watching the great man enter the show. Stood on the steps, Undertaker raises his arms and up come the lights as CM Punk, bouncing on the balls of his feet, comes face to face with the man he needs to defeat in order to headline WrestleMania. Grisham and Foley discuss the exchanges between Undertaker and the Royal Rumble winner, the man who challenges for the title in just over five weeks at WrestleMania, John Cena on RAW this past Monday night. They remind us that Cena called Undertaker’s WrestleMania streak “less than impressive” and actually referred to Taker as a “coward” because he had never beaten him. As Foley dismisses Cena’s words as “ridiculous and disrespectful”, Grisham reminds us of Punk’s sneak attack on the Deadman with the title belt and then the GTS that left Taker laid out in the centre of the ring. Foley suggests that Punk is going to pay for that attack big time here tonight as Taker removes his hat and glares across the ring at his challenger. He steps towards Punk, eager to start, but Punk exits the ring and plays mind games as the referee has to order Taker back to the corner. With Punk outside of the ring, Tony Chimel introduces the challenger and the champion before exiting. We then have a game of cat and mouse as Punk threatens to enter the ring, as the ref is encouraging him to do, but then backing out to the annoyance of Taker. Foley suggests Punk is trying to wind up Taker to make him lose his focus before Punk does slide into the ring, the World Championship is held aloft and the match is ready to begin …

* DING *
* DING *
* DING *

20120315_belts_heavyweight.png

WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP

SINGLES MATCH

THE UNDERTAKER (c) vs. CM PUNK

As soon as the bell rings, the World Champion stalks after Punk looking for revenge for his actions on RAW; Punk continues to play cat and mouse though as he scurries off under the bottom rope and to the outside where he mocks Taker to follow him. This lasts a minute or so until Punk slides into the ring while being chased, waits for Taker and then starts kicking the hell out of him while he is sliding into the ring. Punk dominates the early stages, he is clearly intent on winning back his World Championship but, as always, Undertaker is only ever a split second away from completely altering the course of a match. This proves to be the case again, Punk missing with an Elbow Drop from the top rope when Taker rolls away and then being caught with a wicked Chokeslam that crashes him down on the mat. As SMACKDOWN rolls into a commercial, Punk rolls out of the ring to protect himself from defeat as Taker takes a second to recover from the early beating he has taken from Punk.

***** COMMERCIAL BREAK *****
SMACKDOWN returns with Punk and Undertaker on the outside trading blows, there is only ever one winner of this of course. As he staggers Punk, Taker grabs his wrist and looks to whip him hard into the barricades but Punk resourcefully counters and sends Taker crashing into the ring steps instead. The clattering echoes around the arena but it signals another few minutes of dominance for Punk as he, to the annoyance of the referee, uses the outside well. Taker is flung into the barricades and then the steel post with Punk, aware that a Countout is not good for him, rolling in and out of the ring to break any counts from the ref. Eventually, Punk looks to force Taker back into the ring but the World Champion is resisting. Desperate, Punk punches him hard but Taker simply stands up straight and glares into the eyes of the challenger in typical Taker “no sell” fashion. Taker ducks another shot from Punk and then spins round and choke thrusts Punk over and over as he forces him back. Taker whips Punk hard into the apron, back first, before climbing up on the apron, setting Punk up and hitting a huge leg drop that sends Punk toppling to the floor.

ENDING: The referee begins to count Punk out but Taker, perhaps unwisely, goes back out of the ring to drag Punk back. Into the ring both men return, Taker twists Punk’s arm and backs away to the corner as the crowd shout out “Old School” and Taker ascends the ropes. Balancing, he walks the top rope but Punk is wise to it, he seems to have Taker’s number a little here tonight, and he yanks Taker down, legs either side of the top rope, the men in the audience feel his pain. As Punk knowingly backs off, a smirk on his face as he recovers, he taps his head and then signals that the title will soon be back around his waist. When Taker staggers back to the corner, Punk rushes over and hits the High Knee before grabbing hold of Taker’s head and driving it down into the mat with a Bulldog. As Taker is down on the mat and struggling up, Punk puts his hands together at the side of his face and feigns sleep; “Go To Sleep” time announces Grisham on commentary. Punk waits for Taker to get to his feet, wobbling, before he lifts him onto his shoulders ready to strike. However, Taker counters by lifting himself back off Punk’s shoulder, he grabs Punk by the throat as the crowd yell out encouragement to the champion. Taker lifts Punk high in the air … But Punk manages to kick his way out of the Undertaker’s grip and he lands on his feet behind Taker. As Taker spins round, Punk lifts his leg high and crashes his foot into the side of his head perfectly with a Roundhouse Kick. Taker is stunned and staggers back, Punk again lifts the World Champion to his shoulders … GO TO SLEEP! CM PUNK HITS THE GTS TO THE WORLD CHAMPION! Punk looks delighted and he pounces on Taker, he crosses his arms over his chest as if taunting Taker further, rolls his eyes and sticks out his tongue …

1!
2!
NO!

Undertaker kicks out!

CM Punk looks on in shock; How could Undertaker kick out of the GTS? He confronts the referee and demands that the referee signal for the match to end and give him the World Championship but the referee is resolute – it was only 2! Punk’s arguments fall on deaf ears until he turns round … Undertaker comes rushing at him looking for a Big Boot, Punk ducks and the poor referee is caught square with Taker’s foot knocking him into the turnbuckles and he crumples down badly hurt. Again, Punk tries to use the chance and lifts Taker to his shoulders but this time Taker counters … Choke Slam! Punk is flat on his back and Taker signals to the crowd that it is time for Punk’s end as he slits across his throat. As the crowd cheer, Taker drags Punk from his knees and tucks his head between his legs, he spins him round and lifts him high in the air. At the highest point, Punk’s face looks terrified … LAST RIDE! UNDERTAKER HITS THE LAST RIDE AND CRASHES PUNK DOWN ON HIS BACK! However, the delight of the crowd is tempered when Taker looks at the referee who is down and out. Taker tries to revive the referee with a rough shake before he pins Punk by hooking the leg … There is no sign of life from the referee but another SMACKDOWN official comes tearing out from backstage, down the ramp, he slides into the ring to make the count …

1!
2!
NO!

Punk’s shoulder pops out at the last second!

Undertaker is bemused as he looks down on Punk but the referee is insistent that it was just a 2 count. He goes to his fallen partner and checks on his condition as Taker looks angry that the Last Ride failed him on this occasion. As Punk groggily gets to his knees, Undertaker once more grabs him looking to set him up for a finishing move … LOW BLOW! CM Punk hits a vicious low blow to Undertaker out of sight of both officials in the corner of the ring. The crowd boo and jeer but Punk is unrepentant as he gets to his feet smirking and looking down on Taker as he writhes in pain. Another “Un-der-ta-ker!” chant breaks out as the Kansas City crowd attempt to encourage him but things are not looking good here. Punk saunters over to the Deadman and grabs his arm … ANACONDA VICE! CM PUNK HAS THE ANACONDA VICE LOCKED IN HERE IN THE CENTRE OF THE RING! Undertaker struggles and strains but Punk has it locked in perfectly, he is screaming in determination as he refuses to let Undertaker power out of this. And there is little Taker is able to do, he tries hard to fight back but Punk is unrelenting and he keeps wrenching it in as much as he can to try and force the tap out. Unfortunately for Punk, the other official that came down is now helping the stricken referee out of the ring through the ropes and, unlikely as it seems that he will tap out, there would be no official there to make that call if he did. However, Punk keeps the Anaconda Vice locked in and Taker is now showing signs of weakening, his attempts at escape seem to be struggling more and appear more and more futile. Punk screams out “Tap, you son of a …” as he desperately locks it in further, can he force the Deadman to do something he has never done in his career – unless you count the fake submission that Punk caused in a previous feud! The referees are now outside the ring and nobody notices somebody coming through the crowd and jumping the barricade … It’s JOHN CENA!

What is Cena doing here? With the referee’s back turned, Cena slides into the ring on the blindside of Punk and the crowd unleash nuclear heat on him for being there. What is Cena going to do? CENA DROPS DOWN BESIDE PUNK AND STARTS SMASHING HIM IN THE HEAD OVER AND OVER! Punk, shocked and completely caught out, releases the Anaconda Vice as he is destroyed by Cena who appears fervent as he costs Punk a chance at victory. Taker, unaware completely of what is happening, rolls away in pain but Cena continues to rein down the blows on Punk. Grisham and Foley have no idea why Cena is doing this, nobody seems to, but he continues until the referee on the outside, the one helping the dazed one, suddenly realises what is happening. Steadying the first official on his shoulder, he waves to the timekeeper to end the match – Undertaker has been disqualified!

WINNER
(via DISQUALIFICATION at 15:35)

CM PUNK
(The Undertaker retains World Championship)

Nobody really knows how to react at all; Cena, the ultimate heel right now that is hated by the crowd, has “saved” Undertaker, the ultimate hero, from losing his title it seems. WHY? As soon as the referee waves for the DQ, Cena rolls away and backs off up the ramp, past the bemused protests of the referee, smiling to himself as if he has done exactly what he set out to do. He stands on the stage and looks down to the ring where both Punk and Undertaker are laid out on the mat, both in pain, both struggling after tonight’s opening contest. There is no change in the status of the World Championship and, as it stands, it will be Undertaker defending the title against Cena at WrestleMania 27. Replays are shown as Foley and Grisham discuss Cena’s intentions before Punk staggers away from the ring looking angry. Another WWE official hands the World Championship to Undertaker as he is sitting up in the ring, looking drained from the match, and he shakes his head, he is also annoyed at the way things worked out it seems now he has seen some replays on the titantron. Why did John Cena feel the need to interfere in that match and get Punk disqualified in that way?

Backstage, Matt Striker is stood waiting for his first interview of the evening and he introduces his guest, the SMACKDOWN General Manager … MICHAEL COLE. Striker says that he understands that Cole has an announcement that he would like to make and hands the microphone over to the General Manager to speak.


MICHAEL COLE: Ladies and Gentlemen, we have just seen a magnificent first match this evening on SMACKDOWN. It looks to me that the superstars of SMACKDOWN are certainly upping their game and doing whatever it takes as WrestleMania 27 appears on the horizon. And it is about WrestleMania 27 that I have a huge announcement to make right now. It is my pleasure to announce that, at WrestleMania in Atlanta in just over five weeks’ time, the WWE will present the annual ‘Money in the Bank’ Ladder Match.

For a change, Cole’s words receive a positive reaction; ‘Money in the Bank’ is a popular concept for WrestleMania every year and this time is no different.

MICHAEL COLE: And it is also my pleasure to announce that all the ‘Money in the Bank’ Qualifying matches will take place here, live, on Friday Night SMACKDOWN! RAW and SMACKDOWN superstars alike will have the chance to compete and prove that they deserve their place in the most exciting ladder match of the year at WrestleMania.

More positive reaction for Cole.

MICHAEL COLE: Those qualifiers will begin this evening, tonight we will see two matches with the two winners moving on to qualify for the match at WrestleMania. We will also have a match between four superstars who will face off with each other next week in the qualifiers. Evan Bourne and Christian will team up to face the team of Matt Hardy and Jack Swagger.

Cole smirks as he is enjoying the attention as per usual.

MICHAEL COLE: Now, tonight, we will see Kofi Kingston in action as he goes up against Curt Hawkins one on one with a place in the ‘Money in the Bank’ ladder match on the line. And there will be one more match when …

???: Cole! COLE!

The camera spins to follow the annoyed gaze of Michael Cole and we see a sweaty, bruised, angry looking CM Punk heading towards the General Manager, an ice pack held against the side of his face. Punk walks up to Cole in the interview pit and shoves the GM backwards a little, he is clearly upset.

CM PUNK: Did you see that out there? Did you see what Cena did? I had Undertaker beaten, I had him on the brink of tapping out. I should be the World Champion, damnit.

Cole shrugs his shoulders to Punk.

MICHAEL COLE: But you’re not, Punk. Here in the WWE, sometimes, that is just the way it goes.

Punk yells out in anger and grabs Cole by the lapel of his suit and forces him back against the wall.

CM PUNK: Listen here, you snivelling little piece of …

Security personnel appear and they grab Punk and pull him away from the SMACKDOWN General Manager who looks less than pleased with his treatment from Punk. He snarls as he speaks to the former World Champion.

MICHAEL COLE: Who the hell do you think you are threatening me here on SMACKDOWN, on MY show, ON MY SHOW? I saw what happened to you, I saw it all … LOOK AT ME WHEN I’M SPEAKING TO YOU PUNK!

Cole shocks the world as he slaps Punk viciously across the face; Punk, restrained by security, looks at Cole with his eyes bulging in anger and he tries to get at him. However, he is held back and Cole’s tirade continues …

MICHAEL COLE: I told you weeks ago not to play games and mess with me, Punk, I warned you to stay on the right side of me. You got out-smarted out there by Cena, he showed you up for what you are, a former World Champion, a guy who thinks the world owes him something that quite frankly he never deserved. You’ll never ever be in Cena’s league, Punk, he’s a top star, the “face of the company” whereas you …

Punk’s rage is clear, he strains to get at Cole.

MICHAEL COLE: You’ll forever be the guy who couldn’t quite make it, the guy that won a few titles but whose biggest claim to fame was some misguided idea of “Straight Edge” … You think you can come up to me and make demands? You think you can tell me what is right and wrong on MY show? You’ll never be able to do that, Punk. And I’ll make sure of it. When Cena came over to SMACKDOWN, a deal was reached that I would send somebody back to RAW …

Security begin to move Punk away from Michael Cole now but he keeps speaking.

MICHAEL COLE: Quite frankly, Punk, I’m sick of hearing you, I’m sick of seeing you and I’m sick of putting up with you. You’re going to RAW – you’re just not good enough to be on SMACKDOWN!

Shock in the arena as Punk continues to struggle against the security team.

MICHAEL COLE: Get him out of here!

Punk is dragged away by the security and away from the SMACKDOWN General Manager who just made a huge decision there; CM Punk has been traded to RAW! SMACKDOWN heads into the second commercial break of the evening as Michael Cole stares after the exiting Punk with a look of pleasure on his face.

***** COMMERCIAL BREAK *****

SMACKDOWN returns with a replay of the huge announcements just made by Michael Cole before the break; first off, SMACKDOWN will host the qualifying matches for the annual ‘Money in the Bank’ ladder match for WrestleMania 27; secondly, CM Punk has been sensationally traded away from SMACKDOWN to RAW after his failure to capture the World Heavyweight Championship from Undertaker earlier. Grisham and Foley digest these – Foley speculates that Cole has made a “big mistake” by getting rid of Punk – before we return to the action in the ring. The entrances of the competitors for the second match of the evening are always underway …

“OH RADIO”
*** ZACK RYDER ***
LONG ISLAND, NY

Zack Ryder is in the ring and fist pumping to the crowd who, slowly but surely, are coming round to supporting him after his split away from Curt Hawkins last month. With Hawkins and his new partner, Jack Swagger, targeting Ryder since the end of their Tag Team Championship reign at the Rumble, there is also an element of sympathy for Ryder from the WWE Universe. Grisham again mentions the YouTube show that Ryder has begun: “Z! True Long Island Story!” and he quantifies the number of people currently who have viewed the shows.

Tony Chimel, who has already introduced Ryder, also introduces Ricardo Rodriguez and the smarmy Mexican steps forward in the ring ready to announce his employer.


“REALEZA”
*** ALBERTO DEL RIO ***
SAN LUIS POTOSI, MEXICO | INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPION

Del Rio makes his way out into the arena driving a Porsche tonight which he blasts the horn of before stepping out looking bronzed and confident as ever. With the Intercontinental Title around his waist, he heads to the ramp and – with gold rain falling down behind him – makes his way to the ring as Rodriguez announces him. Once in the ring, Del Rio waves his white scarf a little before handing over the title belt. This prompts discussion about the way Del Rio retained the title at Elimination Chamber when he faced off against the returning Rey Mysterio; a countout loss that cost him victory but not the title. Foley says that he spoke to Mysterio earlier and he is intent on earning another shot at the title and is extremely unhappy over the way Del Rio forfeited the match on Sunday. Grisham says that whilst Mysterio is desperate for another shot, a Ryder victory here tonight could put him in contention as well so this match is important.

* DING *
* DING *
* DING *

NON-TITLE SINGLES MATCH
ALBERTO DEL RIO vs. ZACK RYDER

Typical WWE “squash” as the need to regain some momentum for Del Rio is clear; Ryder gets a few flourishes of offence in, including a Broski Boot, but realistically, he is never in any danger of actually winning the match. Del Rio counters the Rough Ryder by catching Zack and, via an adjustment, he hits the POWERBOMB OF DESTINY before circling around Ryder, locking up his arm to set up for the ROLLING CROSS ARM BREAKER. With little resistance, Ryder taps out quickly.

TAP!
TAP!
TAP!


WINNER
(via SUBMISSION at 03:48)

ALBERTO DEL RIO

With the match over, Alberto decides to keep the Cross Arm Breaker locked in and the referee is forced to count Del Rio. The threat of a disqualification forces the release from Del Rio and the referee is spared from having to reverse his decision. However, having released it, Del Rio then uses his feet to shove and force Ryder under the ropes and out of the ring. He signals to Ricardo to bring him a microphone and then his announcer gets into the ring with him. The crowd listen, giving him some grief, as the music fades out.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: My name … is Alberto Del Rio! But you … You already know that.

Del Rio winks at the camera but continues on.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: And I am still your Intercontinental Champion after I beat Rey Mysterio, that little chihuahua, last Sunday at the Elimination Chamber.

Boos for this comment as Grisham reminds us that the winner of the match was actually Rey Mysterio.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: Now I have heard that Mysterio wants another shot at my title but I am moving on. At WrestleMania 27, my destiny is not to defend my Intercontinental Championship, no, it is not. It is my destiny to be in the ‘Money in the Bank’ ladder match where I, Alberto Del Rio, will win the briefcase and in my WrestleMania debut, I will cash in my contract and become the World Heavyweight Champion.

Ricardo applauds in the background as Del Rio smirks at the boos he is getting.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: So if that dog, Rey Mysterio, wants another shot at me, he’d better qualify for the match as well. Because, Rey, you were the loser on Sunday night, you didn’t beat me, I am still the Intercontinental Champion. And when I have finished at WrestleMania …

Del Rio holds up his title belt and his scarf.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: I will be a double champion too.

As Del Rio’s music restarts, the smirking, arrogant Mexican heads out of the ring and up the ramp with Ricardo in tow. Grisham and Foley suggest that Mysterio will not rest until he finds a way to face Del Rio again which could be bad news for the competitors planning on qualifying for ‘Money in the Bank’ on SMACKDOWN over the coming weeks. Backstage goes the camera where Josh Mathews awaits us for an interview; he introduces the “World’s Largest Athlete” … Big Show. The Giant looks unhappy as he stands there in his ring attire. Mathews reminds Show that he was the first man eliminated from the World Championship Elimination Chamber and asks him how he feels about that. As expected, Show’s response is not pleasant.

BIG SHOW: I have been here in the WWE for over fifteen years and my treatment is nothing short of disrespectful. Look at you, Mathews. You don’t respect me, do you? If you did, you wouldn’t ask stupid questions like that.

In the blink of an eye, Show extends his right hand and knocks the interviewer out cold with his Weapon of Mass Destruction. The crowd boo and jeer as Show picks up the microphone.

BIG SHOW: You’re all booing me now, I guess?

Huge heat for Show now.

BIG SHOW: You should be booing yourselves. You’re the idiots that cheer for all of these small guys here in the WWE. Rey Mysterio. Jeff Hardy. Kofi Kingston. You cheer for them when they go up against the big, bad Big Show, you want to see them fly and defeat the odds. And what happens?

Show shakes his head before slamming his ham-like fist against a TV monitor which smashes into pieces before falling over and smashing open on the concrete floor.

BIG SHOW: The WWE want to keep all of you people happy, they give them favourable breaks and the decisions, they make sure that a Giant like me cannot do what a Giant like me should be doing – squashing these little squirts like bugs. I have knocked Kofi Kingston out cold so many times, I have lost count. Yet, I get to face him in the opening part of the Elimination Chamber inside the steel where he can leap up and fly and where one false move can lead to destruction. Why can’t he face me one on one in the middle of the ring, no gimmicks, no special situations or stipulations, just one on one with a fair referee?

The crowd boo more at these comments; as if Show is really blaming those things for Kofi being able to beat him?

BIG SHOW: It makes me sick, it does. If I had Kofi right here in front of me, I would knock him out cold …

Show is working himself into a rage and he shoves over the steel supports that are holding up the interview area which comes crashing down. He picks up one of the metal pipes and starts smashing it into crates and other WWE objects backstage as he continues to shout.

BIG SHOW: Every single night, disrespect for Big Show, favourable decisions for the little guys. I AM SICK AND TIRED OF BEING TREATED AS A JOKE!

Show uses his strength to shove over a table full of WWE merchandise before launching the metal pipe against a door. People run for cover as he screams out in rage.

BIG SHOW: It is time that the WWE management took notice of the conspiracy being held against me … What do you want?

Into shot, decked out in red and smiling, is the “World’s Strongest Man”, Mark Henry. He smirks as he eyes Big Show up and down.

BIG SHOW: You’d best get out of my face right now, I ain’t in the mood.

MARK HENRY: Listen man, you need to relax. There ain’t no conspiracy against you, you’re imagining it. You just going through a rough time, we all have them and you just need to deal with it.

Show looks unimpressed with Henry’s words and for a moment seems as if he is about to strike when Henry continues.

MARK HENRY: But in the meantime, why don’t I offer you a little deal? Tonight, instead of facing one of the little guys here in the WWE, why not go up against somebody your own size? Why not go one on one with me? What do you say?

There are cheers outside as Henry’s suggestion meets with approval; however, Show does not seem like he is willing to accept. As he is shaking his head though, Michael Cole walks into shot to huge boos as well after his words earlier.

MICHAEL COLE: Funnily enough, I was making that match tonight: BIG SHOW vs. MARK HENRY, live on SMACKDOWN. And gentlemen, tonight’s match is … a ‘Money in the Bank’ qualifying match. So you’d best go get ready … because that match is next!

Henry, smiling, stares at Show who looks angry still as SMACKDOWN heads into another commercial before the qualifying match to come.

***** COMMERCIAL BREAK *****
 
GCBSMACKDOWN.png


FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN – LIVE!
(continued)

When SMACKDOWN returns, we hear the familiar musical hook “Weeellllllll … It’s the Big Show!” as we prepare for the first ‘Money in the Bank’ qualifying match. As Grisham reminds us, the winner will qualify for the WrestleMania ladder match that could lead to a title shot down the line.

“CRANK IT UP”
*** BIG SHOW ***
TAMPA, FL | “World’s Largest Athlete”

Still looking pissed off, Show heads out with his knuckles clenched together as he prepares to face off against another behemoth in Mark Henry. Foley exclaims about the amount of mass and weight that there will be in the ring whilst Grisham hypes up the prize on offer here tonight. As Show gets in the ring, he roars at the crowd before turning to watch the arrival of his opponent tonight.

“SOMEBODIES GONNA’ GET THEIR ASS KICKED”
*** MARK HENRY ***
SILSBEE, TX | “World’s Strongest Man”

Mark Henry heads out into the cheers that he gets nowadays and makes his way towards the ring looking determined. From issuing a challenge to Show, the stakes have risen and with WrestleMania 27 on the horizon, this could be the opportunity he has been waiting for to capture his first ever World Championship. However, the formidable force of Big Show stands awaiting him as he steps into the ring and salutes the fans before the bell is rung and the first qualifier can start.

* DING *
* DING *
* DING *

3e5d08b2-7b99-4cd2-a4d8-5ea88725e71f_zps3e7ce795.jpg

”MONEY IN THE BANK” QUALIFYING MATCH

SINGLES MATCH

BIG SHOW vs. MARK HENRY

As you would expect with these two, a heavy hitting but slow paced match unfolds that gives both men time to show their dominance and power. Whilst limited, it proves to be a good match that showcases the skills of both men as they trade power moves, holds and downright brutal right hands.

ENDING: With the control of the match swinging both ways, the match turns when Henry has Show staggering as he smashes into him with right hands over and over. Show staggers and goes down to one knee as Henry works at him and tries to take him down. With this mini-victory in sight, Henry comes off the ropes and hits a huge shoulder block that takes Show down. Henry covers Show, has he done enough?

1!
2!
NO!

Big Show powers out at 2!

Henry gets to his feet quickest and waits for Show to spin round; he hooks his arms around Big Show and lifts him high. Could it be the “World’s Strongest Slam” here from Henry? No, the weight is too much and he staggers back clutching his back as Show steadies himself … BAM! WEAPON OF MASS DESTRUCTION! SHOW LEVELS HENRY IN ONE PUNCH! Square on the jaw, Show’s right hand smashes into Henry and he collapses in a heap. Big Show smirks and hooks Henry’s leg – it’s academic though.

1!
2!
3!


WINNER
(via PINFALL at 08:33)

BIG SHOW
(Qualifies for the WrestleMania 27 ‘Money in the Bank’ ladder match)

BIG SHOW QUALIFIES FOR THE ‘MONEY IN THE BANK’ MATCH AT WRESTLEMANIA 27! A devastating right hand knocks Mark Henry cold and means that Show will go to WrestleMania to face all of those smaller guys once again. Foley suggests that Show’s gameplan for WrestleMania is clear; knock everybody out cold, then take your time to climb the steps and take the briefcase. As he exits the ring, Show looks back at the unconscious Mark Henry and smiles to himself in contentment at last as SMACKDOWN heads into anther commercial.

***** COMMERCIAL BREAK *****

SMACKDOWN returns with the music of the popular tag team, Hart Dynasty, echoing around the arena as they salute the fans.

“NEW FOUNDATION”
*** HART DYNASTY ***
DAVID HART-SMITH & TYSON KIDD | (w/NATALYA)

Natalya has hold of a microphone and she brings it into the ring so that her tag team can speak and address the WWE Universe.

TYSON KIDD: Over the past few weeks, we’ve had a bit of a raw deal from the Tag Team Champions. When we beat them the week before the Royal Rumble on NXT, we scared them so much that they decided to beat us up backstage rather than face us in the ring. Anybody can do that, anybody can jump somebody from behind.

Kidd passes on the microphone to his partner.

DAVID HART-SMITH: Now, we aren’t the kind of guys that go in for all that flashy stuff. We don’t do our business backstage. All Tyson and I are interested in is facing people fair and square in this ring and proving that we are the better tag team. So Empire, if you have the guts, get out here and face us like men.

The Dynasty wait for the Tag Team Champions to arrive … but they are forced to wait and wait. It appears that their wait is going to be fruitless but then the music starts – but it isn’t the music of the Tag Team Champions.

“BRINGIN’ DA HOOD T U”
*** CRYME TYME ***
BROOKLYN, NY | JTG & SHAD GASPART

The New Yorkers head out to the ring looking pumped up and ready as well. As they approach the ring, they slap hands with their fans at ringside before entering the ring. Once they’re in the ring, they slap hands with the Hart Dynasty as well; there is a mutual respect between these two teams even if they are very, very different.

JTG: Yo, yo, yo, yo, dawg. Fo’sho, the Empire have been messin’ with both of us but ‘dat don’t mean that we go’ let you take the shot at ‘dem, man.

SHAD: That’s right, JTG, we gotta’ lotta beef with the Empire and we want those titles from them too. If you two boys wanna’ come out here and demand a shot, you gotta’ deal wit’ us first, you know what I’m saying, yo?

Tension builds between these two popular teams once more; whilst they are united against a common enemy, both of them feel that they are the ones who have the right to face the Empire first to try and win the Tag Team Championships. Off microphone, a lot of arguing commences and both teams start to get up into the others’ faces. Natalya, sensing trouble, exits the ring and it appears that the Dynasty and Cryme Tyme are going to go for it until …

“BRITISH GRENADIERS MARCH”
*** BRITISH EMPIRE ***
WILLIAM REGAL & MASON RYAN | TAG TEAM CHAMPIONS | (w/FINLAY)

Out stride the Tag Team Champions, with new theme music, to interrupt the arguments of their contenders; Mason Ryan, the Tag Team Championship over his shoulder, looking serious, Finlay carrying and waving the Union Jack and the mouthpiece, William Regal, his title belt around his waist, a black gown around him and the microphone in his hand. He holds up his hand and the music is faded out as Finlay stops Mason Ryan from heading down to the ring.

WILLIAM REGAL: Now listen here gentlemen, we had to come out here and stop your arguments. I believe that we have a perfect solution for you. Now, I know that you are just ignorant North Americans but even you …

Regal pauses as the crowd boo and jeer his comments and insult.

WILLIAM REGAL: Even you have to understand that we don’t just hand out title shots to any bunch of losers. At the Royal Rumble, the Empire defeated both of you two teams – one in less than a minute and the other didn’t even show up. What have you done recently to suggest that we should even contemplate giving you a shot at these titles?

Dynasty and Cryme Tyme look annoyed with Regal’s comments; it wasn’t as simple as that due to the sneaky, cheating ways of the new Tag Team Champions.

WILLIAM REGAL: Calm down, gentlemen, calm down. Like I said, I have a solution that should solve this problem. Who deserves a shot at the Empire’s Tag Team Championships? Is it the team of JTG and Shad Gaspart? Cryme Tyme?

Cheers in the arena for the popular Brooklyn tag team that, as yet, have never held Tag Team gold.

WILLIAM REGAL: Or is it the team endorsed by WWE Hall of Famer, Bret Hart … the Hart Dynasty?

Slightly louder cheers for the idea of the Dynasty getting the title shot. Regal looks round smugly as if he knows something a little more.

WILLIAM REGAL: Like I said, I have a solution to the problem. I think that … NEITHER team deserves a shot at the Tag Team Championships. Thank you for your time!

More jeers and boos for Regal as he waves and beckons his partner to follow him. In the ring, Cryme Tyme and Hart Dynasty look disgruntled by what they just heard and neither team seem to know how to react to Regal’s words. On commentary, Grisham reminds us of Michael Cole’s ‘Money in the Bank’ announcement earlier tonight and lines up the replay. Once Cole’s replay is finished, the camera returns to the announce desk where Grisham reveals that next week on SMACKDOWN, the two qualifiers will be Evan Bourne vs. Matt Hardy and Jack Swagger vs. Christian but tonight, these four men will be involved in a tag team match instead.

“GET DOWN ON YOUR KNEES”
*** JACK SWAGGER ***
PERRY, OK

Alone tonight without his usual partner, Curt Hawkins, who is preparing for his own ‘Money in the Bank’ qualifier with Kofi Kingston later tonight, Swagger walks out looking confident and dressed in red, white and blue. The “All American American” ignores the fans as he walks towards the ring as Grisham hypes him up; Swagger won the ‘Money in the Bank’ match at WrestleMania 26 last year and successfully cashed it in on Chris Jericho the week after to win his only World Heavyweight Championship so far in his career. Can he repeat the trick this year as well?

“LIVE FOR THE MOMENT”
*** MATT HARDY ***
CAMERON, NC

Whilst Swagger has a title reign to speak of, his partner tonight has been in the WWE for over a decade but has yet to taste the biggest prize here in the WWE. As Matt Hardy heads out, Foley reminds us of the desperation Hardy has shown of late – from threatening retirement, to challenging Kane at Vengeance to turning on his own brother, Jeff Hardy, when he lost the chance to be in the Chamber. Matt Hardy heads into the ring with no respect no more for the WWE Universe, he slaps hands with Swagger but it is clear that Hardy is determined to reach WrestleMania 27 and the ‘Money in the Bank’ match.

“BORN TO WIN”
*** EVAN BOURNE ***
ST. LOUIS, MI

The crowd rise to their feet for the appearance of the high flying Evan Bourne who heads out smiling as usual. His usual partner, Mark Henry, is not beside him after he lost earlier tonight to Big Show who became the first man to qualify for the ‘Money in the Bank’ match thanks to the win. However, Bourne is looking to gain some momentum as he heads towards SMACKDOWN next week and a shot at reaching WrestleMania. Bourne pauses outside the ring as Swagger and Hardy eye him and he decides to wait on the arrival of his own partner.

“CLOSE YOUR EYES”
*** CHRISTIAN ***
TORONTO, ON, CANADA

Huge cheers for the ever-popular Christian as he heads out onto the stage and surveys the arena for his “Peeps” here in Kansas City. Smiling, Christian heads down the ramp and shakes hands with Evan Bourne before they both enter the ring causing their opponents to back away a little instead. Bourne and Christian both climb up onto the turnbuckle and salute the fans but this momentary turning of their backs on their opponents proves to be a mistake as Hardy and Swagger glance to each other before rushing over and attacking their opponents from behind.

* DING *
* DING *
* DING *

TAG TEAM MATCH
CHRISTIAN & EVAN BOURNE vs. JACK SWAGGER & MATT HARDY

Swagger attacks Christian and drags him off the ropes whilst Hardy goes to work on Bourne and knocks him down to the mat as well as the heel team take the early advantage. Eventually, the referee manages to get Swagger and Christian into their respective corners so that Hardy and Bourne can be the legal men and the match can get going. Hardy has early control but Bourne manages to fight back and tags in Christian who is able to surprise Hardy with some hard-hitting offence. The match continues with Hardy and Swagger showing signs of excellent teamwork as they use questionable tactics to get on top of Christian and he becomes isolated as they keep him away from Bourne.

ENDING: However, Christian finds a way to make the tag. Swagger attempts a Swagger Bomb in the corner of the ring but Christian resourcefully gets his knees up and catches him in the gut. As Christian crawls across the ring, Swagger squirms in pain but reaches up and makes a tag to Hardy. He rushes over and grabs the leg of Christian to tug him back away from Bourne’s outstretched hand. Hardy drags Christian up towards him and sets up for the Twist of Fate but Christian spins out of it and delivers a perfect dropkick that knocks Hardy down and gives him a chance to make the tag. He reaches out and makes the tag to Evan Bourne who leaps over the top rope and rushes over at Hardy with a running dropkick that knocks him back head first into the turnbuckles. Swagger makes the blind tag and hits a gut kick to Bourne before going for a Gutwrench Powerbomb but Bourne reverses it and hits a spinning DDT that crashes his head back down into the mat. Bourne makes the cover …

1!
2!
NO!

Matt Hardy breaks up the pinfall!

The referee ushers Hardy away whilst protesting at his interference as both Bourne and Swagger get back to their feet. Swinging right hands from both men, Swagger’s power wins out and he makes the tag to Matt again. Matt rushes into the ring, ducks under Bourne’s clothesline and barrages into Christian to knock him off the apron. As Matt spins round, he kicks Bourne in the gut once more and grabs hold of him … TWIST OF FATE! MATT HARDY LEVELS EVAN BOURNE WITH THE TWIST OF FATE! This one is all over, Matt Hardy makes the cover.

1!
2!
NO!

Christian drags Hardy off Bourne by the legs!

Christian pulls Matt right out of the ring to the outside as he looks shocked. He clotheslines Hardy down on the outside as the referee again protests before rolling him back into the ring. Bourne spots his chance and climbs the turnbuckles as the crowd rise in anticipation. However, Bourne has taken his eyes off Swagger as he plans for ‘Air Bourne’ and the ‘All American American’ creeps up and shoves his foot off the rope so that Bourne staggers and falls back down to the mat. Christian spots this and he goes after Swagger on the outside as Matt looks to roll up Bourne for the pinfall …

1!
2!
NO!

Bourne rolls the pinfall over!

The referee readjusts as Bourne rolls Matt’s shoulders down instead …

1!
2!
3!


WINNERS
(via PINFALL at 06:56)

EVAN BOURNE & CHRISTIAN

Big cheers inside the arena as Evan Bourne’s arm is raised in victory, Christian joins him back in the ring and they embrace. Outside the ring, Hardy and Swagger look annoyed, Matt is particularly angry and embarrassed over the way that he just got pinned. Bourne and Hardy taunt their losing opponents as they get the upper hand ahead of their ‘Money in the Bank’ qualifiers next week: Evan Bourne vs. Matt Hardy and Christian vs. Jack Swagger. SMACKDOWN heads into a commercial break as we see Bourne and Christian celebrating with their fans.

***** COMMERCIAL BREAK *****

SMACKDOWN returns with an empty ring as we await the next action here tonight …

“BOOYAKA 619”
*** REY MYSTERIO ***
SAN DIEGO, CA

As the crowd rise to their feet to greet the ever popular Mysterio, he runs out onto the stage and heads to the left to salute the fans. The pyro explodes and then he races to the right and repeats the process before heading down the ramp. Greeting the children in the audience wearing their Mysterio headgear, he then heads into the ring, his purple and yellow mask covering his face as he enters the ring. In the ring, Mysterio again salutes the fans as Grisham reminds us of the ending of the Intercontinental Championship match on Sunday when Mysterio won via countout but didn’t win the title from Del Rio. Mysterio gets the microphone and is ready to address the WWE Universe.

REY MYSTERIO: Last Sunday night, I was screwed out of the Intercontinental Championship. Just as I was about to hit the 619 and end the match, Ricardo and Alberto Del Rio ran away, they acted like the cowards, como el cobarde que son, they ran away and kept the title rather than face me like men.

Mysterio is understandably upset over the actions of Del Rio and Rodriguez last Sunday and he shakes his head over it before continuing.

REY MYSTERIO: The way I see it, I beat Alberto Del Rio and I deserve another shot. When I was sat at home in San Diego, recovering from the injury that Del Rio caused, I had one intention and one intention only. Come back to SMACKDOWN, come back for Del Rio, beat him and take away his Intercontinental Championship. Merezco otro tiro en el Campeonato Intercontinental.

Mysterio readjusts his mask and unfastens the button underneath his chin.

REY MYSTERIO: I saw Del Rio earlier tonight, I heard his words. He wants to go for the ‘Money in the Bank’ briefcase instead of being a man and creciendo un par, growing a pair. Well, I don’t agree with that. I want to win the Intercontinental Championship, I want to deprive Alberto of something like he deprived me of six months of my career. So, Michael Cole, do the right thing and make the match – Intercontinental Championship, Alberto Del Rio, Rey Mysterio …

Mysterio turns and points to the WrestleMania logo hanging in the rafters.

REY MYSTERIO: … at WrestleMania 27!

The crowd cheer their encouragement for this idea but they are interrupted when the music of the Intercontinental Champion begins in the arena.

“REALEZA”
*** ALBERTO DEL RIO ***
SAN LUIS POTOSI, MEXICO | INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPION | (w/RICARDO RODRIGUEZ)

Del Rio, now dressed in his smart suit, steps out onto the stage with his personal ring announcer. He doesn’t head down for the ring though, he stops on the stage and lifts his microphone to address Mysterio in the ring.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: Rey, Rey, Rey, did you not hear me earlier tonight?

Alberto Del Rio looks incredulously to Mysterio before glancing in amusement at Ricardo Rodriguez.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: You had your chance, Rey, you had your chance on Sunday at Elimination Chamber. You didn’t win the title, that is your chance, it is finished. I have moved on.

REY MYSTERIO: Alberto, that’s crap and you know it. You ran away, you didn’t give me a fair shot! You are a coward.

Del Rio looks annoyed at the comments but then he readjusts his facial expression and smirks.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: I understand what you’re trying to do, Rey, I know your little games. Conozco tus trucos!

Alberto taps his forehead knowingly.

ALBERTO DEL RIO: You think that if you make me angry, I will accept your challenge but Rey, read my lips, I have moved on. You had your chance. I am going to go to WrestleMania and win the ‘Money in the Bank’ ladder match and become the World Champion. It is my destiny, Rey.

Mysterio opens his mouth to retort but then there is a booing in the arena as the titantron comes to life with the face of SMACKDOWN General Manager, Michael Cole. He smiles before making an announcement.

MICHAEL COLE: Hold it right there, decisions like this are not made by you Alberto and they are not made by you, Mysterio. I am the SMACKDOWN General Manager, I make these decisions.

The crowd boo Michael Cole’s words as he continues.

MICHAEL COLE: Now I’ve listened to both of you and I disagree with you both. Alberto Del Rio, the Intercontinental Championship is one of the most important titles in this company and I am not going to allow you to not defend it at WrestleMania. If you want a chance to qualify for ‘Money in the Bank’, then you’re going to have to forfeit your title.

Del Rio doesn’t like that idea and he looks furious on the stage as he looks up at the titantron whilst Mysterio, watching on from the ring, applauds the decision of the SMACKDOWN General Manager. Cole moves on though.

MICHAEL COLE: At WrestleMania, Alberto, you will defend your Intercontinental Championship but … Mysterio … that won’t necessarily be against you. You see, I disagree with you. Just because you won by countout does not mean that you deserve a second shot at the title. If you want to challenge Del Rio at WrestleMania, then you better earn that right.

Mysterio seems OK with this plan, as ever he is prepared to earn his opportunities.

MICHAEL COLE: So, next week, on SMACKDOWN, you will get your chance. Next week, there will be no countout, no disqualification … It will be Alberto Del Rio … against Rey Mysterio … in a Steel Cage match!

Cheers for this announcement from the General Manager.

MICHAEL COLE: And if you win, Mysterio, you will get your shot at the title at WrestleMania. But if Alberto Del Rio wins, then you will not get another shot whilst Del Rio is the champion.

Mysterio again looks pleased with the announcement but Del Rio is angered. He storms off the stage, dragging Ricardo behind him, and heads backstage as if he is heading off to confront Cole over the announcement. However, as Grisham recaps for us, we now have SMACKDOWN’s main event for next week sorted: Alberto Del Rio vs. Rey Mysterio in a non-title Steel Cage match, if Mysterio wins, he will challenge for the Intercontinental Championship at WrestleMania. The camera focuses on Mysterio before switching backstage where Matt Striker is waiting with a microphone. He introduces his next guest: ZACK RYDER! As Ryder comes into view, there are some cheers in the arena as Ryder lifts up his sunglasses ready to speak. Striker asks him about his recent troubles with Curt Hawkins and Jack Swagger and asks how he plans to get even with them.

ZACK RYDER: You know, Matt Striker, bro, Curt Hawkins blamed me for our Tag Team Championship loss at the Royal Rumble. But I think he should take a look in the mirror and realise that he was at fault as well. He wants to blame me, he wants to team up with a new partner, Swagger, and hurt me? Hawkins, you know me better than anybody, man, you were a Broski. I am the Long Island Iced Z, I don’t give up easily and I am not going to give up now. You might think that you taught me a lesson on SMACKDOWN before but I am here to tell you that you’re wrong. I am issuing a challenge to you both, Hawkins or Swagger, I want to face you both one on one and prove that I am the better man. I know I am a better man than either one of you. And Hawkins, I know you well … WOO WOO WOO!

Ryder smirks at the camera …

ZACK RYDER: YOU KNOW IT!
 
GCBSMACKDOWN.png


FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN – LIVE!
(continued)

The camera returns to the ringside area where Curt Hawkins is in the ring looking up at the titantron with a look of annoyance in his eyes after what he just heard from his former partner.

“IN THE MIDDLE OF IT”
*** CURT HAWKINS ***
QUEENS, NY

Hawkins is introduced and Grisham tells us that it is time for tonight’s second, and final, ‘Money in the Bank’ qualifying match. Replays of Big Show’s victory over Mark Henry are shown before we are reminded of the two qualifying matches for next week: Swagger vs. Christian; Bourne vs. Matt Hardy. Attention turns to the stage as Hawkins’ opponent begins to make his way to the ring.

“S. O. S.”
*** KOFI KINGSTON ***
GHANA, WEST AFRICA

As Kingston bounces out onto the stage with his usual happy expression, Foley reminds us that Kofi came so close to becoming the World Champion on Sunday night. Kofi hit the “Trouble in Paradise” to Undertaker and appeared to have the Deadman beat but he reached out and grabbed the bottom rope – not one of the usual ways that Taker escapes from a pinning predicament. After kicking out of the “Last Ride” as well, Kofi finally succumbed to the Tombstone as Taker won the World Championship – but earned so many admirers as he came so close. As the green pyro explodes on stage, Kofi runs down to the ring slapping hands with his fans, he appears to be motivated and determined to succeed. Foley suggests that, if Kofi qualifies, he would be his pick to win the ‘Money in the Bank’ match at WrestleMania. Kofi salutes the fans in the ring before turning his attention to Hawkins and the match in question.

* DING *
* DING *
* DING *

3e5d08b2-7b99-4cd2-a4d8-5ea88725e71f_zps3e7ce795.jpg

”MONEY IN THE BANK” QUALIFYING MATCH

SINGLES MATCH

CURT HAWKINS vs. KOFI KINGSTON

ENDING: In the early stages of the match, Kofi goes to work on Hawkins desperate to end this match quickly and qualify for the ‘Money in the Bank’ match at WrestleMania 27. He looks to be doing just that until Hawkins manages to hit a surprise Enzuguri kick that knocks Kofi down hard to the mat. Hawkins goes to work on Kofi now and lays in the boot to the Ghanaian over and over. As Kofi gets up, Hawkins locks in a belly to belly suplex that crashes Kofi down on his back and Hawkins makes a cover.

1!
2!
NO!

Kingston kicks out!

Hawkins is determined though and he hits another Snap Suplex to keep control over Kofi before heading for the top rope. He measures and then leaps off the top rope looking for the Heat Seeking Elbow … but Kofi rolls out just in time. As Hawkins rolls back up, he swings a clothesline at Kofi but Kofi ducks it, springboards off the ropes and hits a beautiful Crossbody to take Hawkins down.

1!
2!
NO!

Hawkins fights out!

Kingston is not going to give this one up though, he positions himself behind Hawkins who spins round … TROUBLE IN PARADISE! Hawkins’ head snaps back as he falls back, Kingston hooks the leg quickly.

1!
2!
3!


WINNER
(via PINFALL at 02:37)

KOFI KINGSTON
(Qualifies for the WrestleMania 27 ‘Money in the Bank’ ladder match)

The crowd are delighted as Kofi Kingston qualifies for the ‘Money in the Bank’ match at WrestleMania, he joins Big Show in qualifying tonight. Grisham and Foley speculate that Kofi’s skills are perfect for winning the ‘Money in the Bank’ ladder match and that this could be the start of Kingston’s rise to the World Championship. Can Kingston finally achieve his dream of becoming the World Champion?

“CRANK IT UP”
*** BIG SHOW ***
TAMPA, FL

Kofi’s celebrations are cut short as his attention turns towards the stage and the angry looking Big Show as he heads out towards the ring. Big Show talks smack as he nears the ring, he is pointing angrily at Kofi and shouting at him. “No more, Kingston. Not this time!” is one of the things that he clearly says as he steps up the steps. Stepping up over the top rope, Show heads towards Kofi who gets into a fighting position. Referees and officials try to keep them apart but both men strain against it. Breaking free, Show and Kofi collide in the centre of the ring and begin to shove and push. Show swings a right hand but Kofi ducks it and hits a series of kicks … BAM! LOW BLOW FROM CURT HAWKINS! Hawkins, clearly upset with his loss, catches Kofi unaware before rolling out of the ring. Kofi staggers around clutching his … ahem, you know what … However, that is the least of his worries. BAM! WEAPON OF MASS DESTRUCTION! Big Show knocks Kofi out cold with one right hand to the dismay of the crowd. However, Show is not done. He heads out of the ring and grabs two steel chairs. He re-enters the ring and sets up both chairs so that they are facing each other. He drags Kofi up and, similar to WrestleMania 15 when he did the same thing to Mick Foley, he grabs Kofi by the throat, lifts him high … CHOKE SLAM DOWN ONTO THE CHAIRS! Kofi’s body smashes down on the chairs which bend with the impact, Kofi writhes in pain but Show is unrepentant. He grabs one of the out of shape chairs, folds it back up and starts smashing it down on the back of Kingston over and over. Officials come streaming back into the ring and they stop Show but the damage is done as SMACKDOWN heads into a break with Kofi down and out and Show looking pleased with himself.

***** COMMERCIAL BREAK *****

SMACKDOWN returns with footage of the doctors and medics as they help Kofi Kingston out of the ring and out of the arena. As Kofi is shown, live, being loaded into an ambulance, we see Show standing back watching with a huge grin on his face. It appears that Show believes he has taken retribution over the man who has embarrassed him several times lately. The ambulance exits the arena, sirens blaring, lights flashing, and Show continues to smirk as he watches.

The camera switches to the locker room where Matt Hardy is just finishing getting changed after his earlier match with Swagger against Christian and Evan Bourne. He looks furious after the outcome – Bourne embarrassed Matt with a sneaky roll up counter move. Into the locker room walks Matt’s younger brother, Jeff Hardy. Matt looks shocked at the appearance of his brother but manages to find a response.


MATT HARDY: Look who it is. My brother, Jeff. Aren’t you missing something?

Matt mockingly looks around Jeff waist and shoulder area.

MATT HARDY: Where is that World Championship, Jeff? Where’s that title you were so desperate to win that you screwed your own family?

JEFF HARDY: Matt, I wish I could understand you. You’re deluded if you believe that is true. I gave you the chance to take the Elimination Chamber spot, I was willing to allow you to take it if you were so desperate for it. But you couldn’t do that, could you? Your pride got in the way.

Jeff stops himself and tries to calm himself down a little.

JEFF HARDY: Matt, I didn’t come here to argue with you. I came here to extend my hand to you. We’re brothers and we have no need to fight about this. I came back to the WWE to enjoy my wrestling once more, I didn’t come back to be a champion, I didn’t come back to fight with my brother. I’m here to wrestle, I’m here to enjoy my life on the road with my brother and if I win a title or two along the way, that’s just a bonus.

Jeff extends his hand to his brother to bury the hatchet.

JEFF HARDY: What do you say, Matt?

Matt looks down at Jeff’s outstretched hand and appears to consider it for a moment. However, in the end, he looks Jeff in the eye and shakes his head.

MATT HARDY: No, Jeff. Once too often, once too many times I have trusted you and got the raw end of the deal. I’ve had enough of it. All you think about is furthering your own claims and your own career, I’m not falling for your lies no more. I grew up with you, Jeff. You might have all of these people here in the WWE Universe fooled but not me.

Jeff’s frustration boils up once again.

JEFF HARDY: Matt, how many times? I’m not here to …

MATT HARDY: Cut the crap, Jeff! Don’t tell me that you’re only here for me … This might shock you but I DON’T NEED YOU!

JEFF HARDY: Listen to me, Matt! I’m …

MATT HARDY: NO! You listen to me, Jeff – GET OUT OF MY FACE RIGHT NOW!

The two brothers front up to each other, each one’s frustration with the other bubbling up, it seems like a family feud is about to explode right here and now in the locker room. However, just as it seems ready to go, officials stream in to get between the two brothers. SMACKDOWN General Manager Michael Cole also follows them in as the two Hardys are separated.

MICHAEL COLE: You know what? I’m getting bored of this. Week after week after week, you two argue and moan and quite frankly, as SMACKDOWN General Manager, it is my job to do something about this. It’s no secret that I’ve never been a fan of the Hardy Boys but, Matt, you have shown me something in the past few weeks that makes me take you serious. As for you, Jeff, I think Matt is spot on about you.

Jeff spits some venomous comments back at Cole but he appears to not care a bit. Cole turns to face Jeff Hardy as if he has something important to say to him.

MICHAEL COLE: Like Shawn Michaels and I announced on RAW, as well as Punk trading places with Cena, we agreed one more trade. The guy coming from RAW to SMACKDOWN has yet to be announced but I can now exclusively reveal that you, Jeff Hardy, you are the guy I am trading from SMACKDOWN to RAW.

Cole speaks to the security personnel in the locker room.

MICHAEL COLE: Get him out of here!

First Punk, now Jeff Hardy: two men traded from SMACKDOWN to RAW to make way for Cena who is already here and one as yet unknown RAW superstar. Grisham and Foley discuss this on commentary as Foley suggests that Cole is making errors getting rid of stars that he has a problem with rather than simply doing the best for the brand. Back in the ring, Tony Chimel is stood with his microphone to announce …

“MY TIME IS NOW”
*** JOHN CENA ***
WEST NEWBURY, MA | 2011 ROYAL RUMBLE WINNER

An explosion of boos for the Royal Rumble winner as he comes out looking smug after his words and actions in recent days and hours. Cena makes his way down towards the ring, talking some trash to the fans that line the ramp, before sliding under the bottom rope and shooting up his hands in what used to be a salute to the fans but is now more of a mocking taunt. Cena leaps up onto the middle rope where he waves his hand across his face to let the fans know that nowadays they “can’t see” him before he heads over to the side of the ring and collects a microphone. As the music fades and Cena waits, the boos and jeers intensify for the controversial SMACKDOWN star.

JOHN CENA: I suppose you all want to know why I did what I did earlier in the night to CM Punk, yeah?

More boos and jeers for Cena but he appears to care not a bit as he continues.

JOHN CENA: Let me tell you all one thing, first, I don’t owe you or anybody an explanation for what I did. If I wanted to exit the ring and leave this hell-hole right now without an explanation, then that is exactly what I would do …

Insulting the Kansas City crowd does nothing to help Cena’s popularity here.

JOHN CENA: But I want to explain myself, I want you and the rest of the WWE Universe to understand why I did what I did earlier tonight. You people need to understand why I am doing what I am doing, you need to know why I am so much better than you and I will give you an insight into how my mind is working right now.

Cena points to titantron as he waits for the booing and jeering to end.

JOHN CENA: Let’s take a look at how the World Championship match ended earlier tonight, shall we?

Cena calls for the video replay of the end of the CM Punk vs. Undertaker match from the start of Friday Night SMACKDOWN earlier tonight:

SMACKDOWN Tonight said:
20120315_belts_heavyweight.png

WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP

SINGLES MATCH

THE UNDERTAKER (c) vs. CM PUNK

…

…

…

…

…​

… LOW BLOW! CM Punk hits a vicious low blow to Undertaker out of sight of both officials in the corner of the ring. The crowd boo and jeer but Punk is unrepentant as he gets to his feet smirking and looking down on Taker as he writhes in pain. Another “Un-der-ta-ker!” chant breaks out as the Kansas City crowd attempt to encourage him but things are not looking good here. Punk saunters over to the Deadman and grabs his arm … ANACONDA VICE! CM PUNK HAS THE ANACONDA VICE LOCKED IN HERE IN THE CENTRE OF THE RING! Undertaker struggles and strains but Punk has it locked in perfectly, he is screaming in determination as he refuses to let Undertaker power out of this. And there is little Taker is able to do, he tries hard to fight back but Punk is unrelenting and he keeps wrenching it in as much as he can to try and force the tap out. Unfortunately for Punk, the other official that came down is now helping the stricken referee out of the ring through the ropes and, unlikely as it seems that he will tap out, there would be no official there to make that call if he did. However, Punk keeps the Anaconda Vice locked in and Taker is now showing signs of weakening, his attempts at escape seem to be struggling more and appear more and more futile. Punk screams out “Tap, you son of a …” as he desperately locks it in further, can he force the Deadman to do something he has never done in his career – unless you count the fake submission that Punk caused in a previous feud! The referees are now outside the ring and nobody notices somebody coming through the crowd and jumping the barricade … It’s JOHN CENA!

What is Cena doing here? With the referee’s back turned, Cena slides into the ring on the blindside of Punk and the crowd unleash nuclear heat on him for being there. What is Cena going to do? CENA DROPS DOWN BESIDE PUNK AND STARTS SMASHING HIM IN THE HEAD OVER AND OVER! Punk, shocked and completely caught out, releases the Anaconda Vice as he is destroyed by Cena who appears fervent as he costs Punk a chance at victory. Taker, unaware completely of what is happening, rolls away in pain but Cena continues to rein down the blows on Punk. Grisham and Foley have no idea why Cena is doing this, nobody seems to, but he continues until the referee on the outside, the one helping the dazed one, suddenly realises what is happening. Steadying the first official on his shoulder, he waves to the timekeeper to end the match – Undertaker has been disqualified!

WINNER
(via DISQUALIFICATION at 15:35)

CM PUNK
(The Undertaker retains World Championship)

As the replay ends, Cena looks out at the WWE Universe with his eyebrows raised, he looks very pleased with himself. He laughs – winding up the crowd even more – before returning to the microphone to continue his explanation.

JOHN CENA: So why? Why did John Cena interfere in the match? Why did John Cena cost CM Punk the World Championship? Why would I cost Punk the title if it meant that I would have to face the Phenom at WrestleMania 27?

Cena looks round the arena as if daring the WWE Universe to answer him. Instead, he is met by another chorus of boos and jeers.

JOHN CENA: Simple really. If you listened to me on RAW this Monday, you’ll understand. But let me repeat it for those of you who are hard of hearing or hard of thinking … I WANT TO FACE UNDERTAKER AT WRESTLEMANIA 27! I want to face the Streak at WrestleMania 27! I want to end the Streak and become the World Heavyweight Champion by beating the Deadman at WrestleMania 27!

Cena looks intense as he explains his actions to the world.

JOHN CENA: You see, I’m sick of hearing about the Streak. I’m sick of hearing about how much of a legend the Undertaker is because he is 18-0 at WrestleMania. I’ve seen the list of the names that he has beaten at WrestleMania, yeah 18 matches without defeat is impressive but how impressive is it when you scrutinise who he has actually beaten? He hasn’t defeated Hulk Hogan at WrestleMania. He never defeated the Ultimate Warrior at WrestleMania. No Randy Savage, no Bret Hart, no Rock. He never beat Stone Cold Steve Austin at WrestleMania. He’s beaten guys like Ric Flair and Shawn Michaels in the twilights of their careers but never in their prime. And he has never ever beaten John Cena at WrestleMania.

Boos for Cena’s explanation.

JOHN CENA: Until that Streak has at least one name of note on it, it just doesn’t impress me at all. So, I’ve done what I need to do to ensure that Undertaker has a chance to do just that. A chance to beat a big name superstar in his prime at WrestleMania to give the Streak more credibility than it already has.

The boos for Cena are intensifying as he lists reasons why the Streak is unimpressive.

JOHN CENA: In five weeks, John Cena will challenge for the World Championship against the World Champion, The Undertaker. Not CM Punk … The Undertaker. Finally, I get my chance to go up against the Streak – and I will end it.

Cena nods his head to himself as if convincing himself.

JOHN CENA: I WILL END THE STREAK AND BECOME THE WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION!

Cena calms himself down and returns to his usual calm demeanour to continue on.

JOHN CENA: At WrestleMania 27, John Cena faces Undertaker with the Streak on the line and the World Championship up for grabs. And I guarantee, when I end the Streak, it will not be impressive no more.

An “Un-der-ta-ker!” chant begins in the arena as Cena looks around the WWE Universe looking for approval. The chant seems to irritate Cena for the first time tonight and he yells out a few times to try and quell the Universe. It fails to quieten them though; it simply revs them up even more.

JOHN CENA: What you people need to understand is this. I’ve watched Taker year after year after year. I’ve watched him at WrestleMania before, I know him and I understand him. For years, I’ve been studying him and working out how I will beat him when I get my chance. My chance is now, I am ready to beat him, I am ready to end the Streak.

Cena laughs out loud as he thinks about ending the Streak.

JOHN CENA: And I will not only end the Streak, I will walk out of WrestleMania 27 as the new World Champion … whether you like it or not.

As Cena stares around the arena looking smug once more, the lights suddenly go off and the crowd yell out in delight. In the flashlights, Cena’s face looks worried as he waits for his WrestleMania opponent to appear. Then, a gong sounds out …

* GONG! *
* GONG! *

The lights suddenly return and Undertaker is stood in the ring to the delight and cheers of the WWE Universe … but Cena has disappeared. Taker looks round puzzled; where has Cena gone? The answer comes as Taker looks out of the ring and up the ramp and Cena, from underneath the ring, leaps out and sneaks up behind the Deadman with a steel chair. The screams of warning from the WWE Universe fall on deaf ears … CRASH! CENA SMASHES A STEEL CHAIR INTO THE BACK OF UNDERTAKER AND KNOCKS HIM DOWN!

The crowd boo and jeer as Cena tosses the chair away and waits for Taker, wincing in pain, to spin round. As he does, Cena squats down and lifts Taker up and onto his shoulders … FU! CENA HITS THE FU TO UNDERTAKER! The crowd are in shock as Cena stands up with a smile on his face and stands over Undertaker tapping his forehead. As SMACKDOWN ends, we see Cena stood over the World Champion with the title belt and he places it over the midriff of the Deadman in a symbolic gesture. Grisham and Foley hype up Cena getting one over the Undertaker here tonight in their first real confrontation on the “Road to WrestleMania” – but is this a sign of things to come?


***** END OF SHOW *****

2fc70736-32ab-4720-852e-a9c03edd3f96_zpsf1d93f2d.jpg

WRESTLEMANIA 27
Atlanta, GA | Sunday April 3, 2011

*** CONFIRMED MATCHES ***


WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
The Undertaker (c) vs. John Cena

“MONEY IN THE BANK” LADDER MATCH
Big Show vs. Kofi Kingston vs. ??? vs. ??? vs. ??? vs. ??? vs. ??? vs. ???

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Michelle McCool (c) (w/Kharma) vs. Trish Stratus

37 DAYS TO GO!
 
  • Hey GCB, now I'm not sure if you even want me too look at your thread or not after all the wrong doing's I put upon you but if not then don't read this but I just thought that you might appreciate some feedback?
  • Shocked to see such a big match like Undertaker vs. CM Punk for the World Heavyweight Championship take place first on your card. This shows me that you may have some sort of screw job at the end allowing for a rematch at the end of the night?
  • Ha! I had a feeling something was going to happen. John Cena cost Undertaker the match but he cost CM Punk the title. I cant wait to see how CM Punk responds to John Cena anyway it seems like a good ending considering it will be able to build the feud up.
  • Congratulations on the ending of this because this has give me a sence of Intrigue for the match between John Cena and The Undertaker at Wrestlemania. Cena looks like a total heel here so good job.
  • Really good segment from Michael Cole. Seems like something he would say if he was the GM so it's really good that you are keeping it real.
  • Tension between CM Punk and Michael Cole. I love how in your booker Cole actually has got a set of balls.
  • Nice thing from Del Rio and Ryder. Really makes Del Rio strong winning in such a short time.
  • I felt that you could have broke up the blue paragraph that followed into two paragraphs just to be more clear of when the interview started.
  • Decent size promo from Big Show and then Mark Henry came in and made it all the more interesting.
  • I had a feeling that Henry vs. Show was coming and I'm quite glad that I was right. So we will have a giant in the Money In The Bank match?
  • Nice match. I kind off predicted that Big Show would advance defeating Mark Henry.
  • Big Show looks strong and that is a good thing in going forward. Big Show looks strong now.
  • Nothing to say about the tag team segments because it was pretty well done. Good job.
  • Really good tag team match as it was a fun read. Happy with the winners. I'm even more interested for the Money in the Bank qualifying matches.
  • I am going to be honest now GCB, I am in love with your segment writing. That was an amazing segment between Rey, Cole and Del Rio. Good job on it.
  • Once again another predictable outcome with Kofi Kingston getting the victory over Curt Hawkins. Hawkins is a jobber but I thought that maybe Kofi should have qualified against a better midcard talent.
  • Big Show taking people out and he starts with Kofi Kingston. Seems like you are looking to get Big Show in as a big monster. Nice follow up on the segment with Kofi being took by medics. Makes Big Show look more dominate.
  • I always love when Jeff and Matt come together because the fact that they are brothers gives it that extra thing. It's like they don't even have to act so it is all natural.
  • Nice follow up segment from John Cena in the main event. I liked the replay but I didn't think you should have had the whole match. Maybe just the ending?
  • John Cena actually looks like a credible threat to The Undertaker and his streak after what has happened on just this show alone.
  • Wrestlemania's card is so far looking good and you only have three matches done. I cant wait to read Monday Night Raw when you post it. Great stuff tonight.
 
Thanks for the feedback, Bocaj. Always interested to hear people's views. You're right that I probably don't care either way about you no more but feel free to read.

PREDICTION CONTEST:

Almost forgot to total the scores up from Elimination Chamber.

Rated R Nightmare scored 9
Global Icon also scored 9
Jon Jones' Jobber (aka Prophet) scored 8
georgelfc123 and Bocaj scored 6
therock2011 and Terry Gyimah scored 4
nouration scored 3.

We have a new leader:

1. Global Icon (26)
2. Peep (21)
3. Jon Jones' Jobber (20)
4. Mr HD (16)
5. Terry Gyimah (15)
6. Theo (14)
7. therock2011 (13)
8. JAM (12)
9. That Weird Guy (10)
10. Rated R Nightmare (9)
11. Punkanomics (8)
12. workhorse, georgelfc123, Bocaj (6)
15. All That Jazz, IHW (5)
17. The Sign Guy, The Best, The Cult (4)
20. nouration (3)
21. Michael (Awesome) (2)
 
GCBRAW.png


MONDAY NIGHT RAW – LIVE!
Monday February 28, 2011 | PREVIEW

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH FOR WRESTLEMANIA TO BE DETERMINED!
With five weeks remaining to the biggest PPV of the year, tonight’s RAW will see us determine the WWE Championship match for WrestleMania. We already know that WWE Champion Wade Barrett will be defending the gold against the man who the RAW Elimination Chamber match, Triple H, but we don’t know if there will be any other RAW superstars in the match. Last week, General Manager Shawn Michaels announced a series of matches for Barrett and Triple H; if any RAW superstar beats them, last week or this week, they would be added to the title match. Kurt Angle lost against Triple H and John Morrison failed to defeat Wade Barrett on last week’s RAW; who will get their chance to make the title match this week? Or will Barrett and Hunter survive again and keep their match at WrestleMania down to one on one?

CM PUNK AND JEFF HARDY TRADED TO RAW!
On last Friday’s edition of SMACKDOWN, General Manager Michael Cole announced that CM Punk and Jeff Hardy would be the two men he would trade to RAW as part of a trade agreement with Shawn Michaels. The reaction of the two men to this news is – as yet – unknown with both men escorted out of SMACKDOWN by security and neither speaking to anybody from WWE since then. Both men are expected here tonight on RAW to make their first official appearance since their trade. What will these two have to say about their trade? And how will they fare on their first night on RAW?

EDGE’S UNHAPPINESS WITH HBK ESCALATING!
Last week, Edge demanded a chance to face Barrett or Triple H for the chance to insert himself into the WWE Championship match at WrestleMania. However, HBK refused this request and, instead, gave Edge a match with hometown Randy Orton instead. After pulling Edge out of the RAW Elimination Chamber match the night before, the Rated R Superstar’s happiness with the General Manager is now at rock bottom as their working relationship breaks down. With WWE owner Chip Butty also keeping an eye on the situation, HBK needs to tread carefully this week as Edge looks to make his way further up the RAW ladder. Will Edge have more demands this week? Or will HBK manage to go a week without upsetting the Rated R Superstar for a change?

DANIEL BRYAN OUT OF ACTION FOR SEVERAL WEEKS!
After last week’s attack from Husky Harris, former US Champion Daniel Bryan has been ruled out for several weeks at the worst possible time. After his match with Chris Jericho last week, Bryan was attacked by Harris on the stage and powerbombed on the steel. Doctors have ordered Bryan to spend at least three weeks, if not more, at home recuperating which puts Bryan’s WrestleMania status in severe jeopardy. Chris Jericho is said to be angered over the attack from Husky Harris and has demanded chance to take revenge for Bryan here tonight. However, no word has been heard from Harris since and whether or not Jericho and Harris face off tonight is, as yet, unknown.

WILL KURT ANGLE EXPLAIN HIMSELF TONIGHT?
At the Royal Rumble and at Elimination Chamber, Kurt Angle interfered in Randy Orton’s feud with John Cena and cost him big time. Again, last week on RAW, Angle cost Orton his match with Edge, in his hometown, but we still have no idea what Angle’s problem with Orton actually is. The Viper is said to be seething and has vowed to teach the Olympian a lesson soon, will it be tonight on RAW? However, with Team Angle protecting the American Hero, Orton may have to overcome a gauntlet just to reach him. Will we find out why Angle has targeted Orton tonight? And will Orton get his hands on the Olympic gold medal winner?

*** CONFIRMED ***
Cody Rhodes vs. Justin Gabriel
RVD vs. Sheamus


TUNE IN TONIGHT FOR MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
 
- Shocked that Cena would cost Punk the World Heavyweight Championship but at the same time you can't really be shocked especially if Cena wants to take on The Streak at WrestleMania 27, but the main difference is that there is more than Undertaker's 18-0 streak that is on the line at WrestleMania 27 but also the World Heavyweight Championship is also on the line at WrestleMania 27 which makes this match all the more hyped in terms of build-up because Undertaker has beaten such names like Jimmy Superfly Snuka, Jake the Snake Roberts, Giant Gonzales, King Kong Bundy, Diesel aka Kevin Nash, Sycho Sid, Kane not once but twice, Big Boss Man, Triple H, Ric Flair, Big Show & A-Train, Randy Orton, Mark Henry, Batista, Edge and Shawn Michaels not once but twice, a who's who of names, and Cena isn't intimidated by that at all? Who is Cena trying to fool here, he can say he's not intimidated but you know it, I know it, and everyone else knows it that Heel Cena is afraid of The Undertaker and that is why I am hoping Undertaker plays mind games on Cena in the build-up towards their WrestleMania 27 match

- But as for the WWE Championship match for WrestleMania 27, Wade Barrett having to defend his WWE Championship against Triple H, I wonder if this match will end up being a one-on-one match at WrestleMania 27 but on the off chance that it does end up being a Triple-Threat Match for the WWE Championship, then Barrett's title reign is in serious jeopardy that's for sure but as for who the 3rd man is that could find their way into the title match at WrestleMania 27, really it could be anyone at this point

- But let's not forget The Miz still has his Money in the Bank briefcase, and Miz he could cash in his briefcase at WrestleMania 27 at the actual pay per view during the title match or even after it, or even before the title match at the actual pay per view, because Miz still has until July of 2011, Miz still has until Money in the Bank 2011 to cash in his briefcase and Miz is in no hurry to cash it in, so for all we know he could even cash it in on RAW tonight for all we know or he could cash it in the night after WrestleMania 27, either way I have been waiting in anticipation for Miz's cash-in and either way if and when he does cash it in, we could be looking at the next WWE Champion

- Now that CM Punk and Jeff Hardy have been traded to RAW, CM Punk the Best in the World, the Cult of Personality himself the anti-hero CM Punk is on RAW, here is hoping Punk ends up turning face especially after what happened to him on Smackdown it would be fitting if Punk did turn face and he changed his gimmick altogether preaching to us becoming the Best in the World simply overnight, Punk could do his infamous promo that pretty much catapulted him into that by sitting on the stage and dropping pipe bombs like no tomorrow becoming the resident anti-hero of the WWE changing his theme song to Cult of Personality therefore becoming the rebel we all know him as today

- While with Hardy, ever since Jeff Hardy made his return to WWE he has been nothing short of disappointing but here is hoping that all of that changes especially now that Jeff Hardy is on RAW now and he is no longer on Smackdown, maybe Jeff Hardy could set his sights on the WWE Championship once again or maybe even engage in a high-profile feud especially now that he is back on the A show, back on RAW

- As for Edge and HBK's situation it is leading up to or I think it will lead up to Edge vs HBK at WrestleMania 27 with Shawn Michaels coming out of retirement even though Shawn Michaels was retired by The Undertaker at WrestleMania 26 last year but maybe this is all leading up to Edge's retirement because if that is the case, then what better way for Edge to go out on top? Edge if anything he did retire right after WrestleMania 27 because of those injuries that forced him to retire so I don't know how much longer Edge can stick around for

- Daniel Bryan with his injury if he is out for this extended amount of time, RAW GM Shawn Michaels will have no choice but to have Daniel Bryan relinquish in other words surrender the WWE United States Championship therefore the title ends up becoming vacated and then you have to end up crowning a new WWE United States Champion but at the same time this elevates Husky Harris but also with Chris Jericho facing Harris, this has a potential WrestleMania match written all over it

- I'm definitely curious myself as to why Kurt Angle of all people has targeted Randy Orton the Viper? Like what did Randy Orton ever do to Kurt Angle? Or why is Kurt Angle so offended by Orton nevertheless I actually can get behind an Angle/Orton feud but at the same time Orton has to overcome Team Angle (Watson & Hennig) in order to get to Angle, so I wonder what Angle has planned for Orton? Or what Orton has planned for Angle or Team Angle as a whole? Will Orton punt Watson and Hennig in the skulls in order to get to Angle? Because if Orton does that then Angle has no one to protect him from Orton and Orton can finally get his revenge on Angle
 
  • Like
Reactions: GCB

Users who are viewing this thread

Members online

No members online now.

Forum statistics

Threads
174,848
Messages
3,300,881
Members
21,726
Latest member
chrisxenforo
Back
Top